UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 6-K

 

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16 UNDER

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Month of May 2009

Commission file number: 000-30910

 

 

O2MICRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

 

 

Grand Pavilion Commercial Centre, West Bay Road

P.O. Box 32331 SMB, George Town

Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

(Address of principal executive office)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover Form 20-F or Form 40-F.
Form 20-F   x     Form 40-F   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):   ¨

Note : Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1) only permits the submission in paper of a Form 6-K if submitted solely to provide an attached annual report to security holders.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):   ¨

Note : Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7) only permits the submission in paper of a Form 6-K if submitted to furnish a report or other document that the registrant foreign private issuer must furnish and make public under the laws of the jurisdiction in which the registrant is incorporated, domiciled or legally organized (the registrant’s “home country”), or under the rules of the home country exchange on which the registrant’s securities are traded, as long as the report or other document is not a press release, is not required to be and has not been distributed to the registrant’s security holders, and, if discussing a material event, has already been the subject of a Form 6-K submission or other Commission filing on EDGAR.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Yes   ¨     No   x

If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82-                 

 

 

 


Information furnished on this Form 6-K:

 

1. Other Events

On April 24, 2009, O2Micro International Limited (the “Company”) issued its Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2008, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.1 and incorporated herein by reference. On April 24, 2009, the Company began distribution of such Annual Report, Annual Report insert, Annual General Meeting Proxy Statement and Extraordinary General Meeting Proxy Statement and Circular to the shareholders for the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 29, 2009 and for the Extraordinary Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 29, 2009, respectively. A copy of the Annual Report inset, Annual General Meeting Proxy Statement and Extraordinary General Meeting Proxy Statement and Circular is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.2, Exhibit 99.3, and Exhibit 99.4, respectively. Each is incorporated herein by reference.

 

2. Exhibits

(a) Exhibits:

The Exhibit Index attached hereto is hereby incorporated by reference to this Item.

(b)

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Exhibit Title

99.1    2008 Annual Report
99.2    2008 Annual Report insert
99.3    Proxy Statement for the annual general meeting of shareholders to be held on May 29, 2009.
99.4    Proxy Statement and Circular for the extraordinary general meeting of shareholders to be held on May 29, 2009.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    O2MICRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
May 7, 2009     By:   /s/ Sterling Du
       

Sterling Du

Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 99.1

CONTENTS

 

CORPORATE INFORMATION

   1

CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

   3

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

   4

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   6

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   18

DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

   19

DIRECTORS’ REPORT

   21

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

   32

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

   38

 

- i -


CORPORATE INFORMATION    
Independent Auditor   Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu  
  35 th Floor, One Pacific Place  
  88 Queensway  
  Hong Kong  
Legal counsel   Morrison & Foerster LLP   Maples and Calder
  Hong Kong office   PO Box 309
  33 rd Floor, Edinburgh Tower,   Ugland House
  The Landmark   South Church Street,
  15 Queen’s Road Central   Grand Cayman KY1-1104
  Hong Kong   Cayman Islands
  Palo Alto office  
  755 Page Mill Road  
  Palo Alto, California, USA 94304  
Board of Directors   Executive Directors  
 

Sterling Du (Chairman, Chief Executive Officer)

Chuan Chiung “Perry” Kuo (Chief Financial Officer)

James Elvin Keim (Head of Marketing and Sales)

  Independent Non-executive Directors  
 

Michael Austin Teik

Seng Tan Keisuke

Yawata Lawrence

Lai-Fu Lin Xiaolang

Yan

  Ji Liu  
Qualified Accountant   Jane Liang (CPA)  
Joint Company Secretaries   Chuan Chiung “Perry” Kuo  
  Ngai Wai Fung (FCS and FCIS)  
Authorized Representatives   Chuan Chiung “Perry” Kuo  
  Sterling Du  
Hong Kong Branch Share   Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited
Registrar and Transfer Office   Shops 1712–1716, 17 th Floor  
  Hopewell Centre  
  183 Queen’s Road East  
  Wanchai, Hong Kong  
Depositary for American   The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation
Depositary Receipts   ADR Division  
  One Wall Street, 29 th Floor  
  New York, New York, USA 10286  
Corporate Headquarters   Grand Pavilion Commercial Centre, West Bay Road
 

PO Box 32331 SMB, George Town

Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

Phone: (345) 945-1110

 
  Fax: (345) 945-1113  

 

- 1 -


Other Addresses   3118 Patrick Henry Drive   11 th Floor, 54, Sec 4,
  Santa Clara, CA, USA 95054   Minsheng E. Road
  Phone: (408) 987-5920   Taipei, Taiwan 105
  Fax: (408) 987-5929   Phone: (886) 2-2545-9095
    Fax: (886) 2-2547-1721
Registered office   Maples Corporate Services Limited  
  Ugland House, P.O. Box 309  
  South Church Street  
  Grand Cayman KY1-1104, Cayman Islands

Place of business in Hong Kong

registered under Part XI of

the Companies Ordinance

 

8 th Floor, Gloucester Tower

The Landmark, 15 Queen’s Road Central

Hong Kong

 

* The English language text of this report shall prevail over the Chinese language text.

 

- 2 -


CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS

For the past three years, we have allocated over 50% of our R&D budget to our young DC-DC, Battery, and Security businesses, in addition to other areas of future potential. This represents over $50 million of direct investment over that timeframe and we are pleased with the strong growth of new products that we achieved in 2008.

Our new products grew sequentially throughout 2008 and increased significantly in the full year. They grew from 6% of revenue in 2007 to 9% of revenue in 2008. This represents approximately 25% year-to-year growth. Moreover, it is our expectation that these new product families will be more than 10% of revenue in 2009 and continue to grow at a pace that is ahead of the overall company.

The new products are fueling the growth in our industrial and communications markets. Our industrial products accounted for more than 10% of revenue for the first time in the fourth quarter of 2008, while our communications products were about 5% of revenue in the quarter and also achieved a record percentage. Both our industrial and communications markets benefited from the growth of Battery and Security products, and we expect these markets to continue to increase as a percentage and further diversify our business.

In addition, we believe we have maintained a strong competitive position in our core markets in 2008. We continue to do well in both the consumer and computer markets and we are looking forward to ongoing success. Our key Backlighting and PCI Express businesses have a robust lineup of new and refreshed products for 2009. Today, we are a leader in both technology and market share in our Backlighting products, while our PCI Express business is moving quickly to manage through the transition in the notebook market to penetrate the new “netbook” category.

We remain focused on R&D and we are consistently innovating new technologies. During 2008, O 2 Micro was granted 98 patents. This brought the cumulative number of patents granted to the company to 506, including 11,377 unique claims that cover both our core and new product families. Our patents coincide with our deep intellectual property and underlie the comparatively high gross margin that our company enjoys. They also underlie the strong unit volume growth and economies of scale that O 2 Micro has achieved.

During 2008, we shipped more than 200 million semiconductor chips and achieved the second best revenue performance in our history. Nonetheless, we are adapting to the current economic environment by driving improvements in our operating efficiency and overall profitability without compromising our investment in R&D. For example, we were able to transfer our OceanOne testing group’s assets and team to an existing business partner at book value and save on both fixed and operational costs. In addition, this helped us lower our headcount down from 1,107 employees at the end of 2007 to 876 employees at the end of 2008. We have also tightened spending controls, and implemented across-the-board cost reduction plans. All of these efforts should bring us significantly better profitability in the future.

In retrospect, fiscal 2008 was a year of subtle accomplishments. The seeds of our investment in R&D have sprouted. Our new products are gaining traction in the marketplace and should play a prominent role in our future growth. Our core businesses are solid and the combination of focus and persistence will enable us to be successful in the key market segments that we have identified.

We appreciate your ongoing support,

LOGO

Sterling Du

Chairman of the Board and

Chief Executive Officer

 

- 3 -


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In Thousand US Dollars, Except Per Share Amounts and Share Data)

 

     December 31
     2007     2008

ASSETS

    

CURRENT ASSETS

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 52,597     $ 31,844

Restricted cash

     6,830       1,153

Short-term investments

     28,650       72,344

Accounts receivable, net

     24,600       10,578

Inventories

     22,127       16,388

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     7,476       2,314
              

Total current assets

     142,280       134,621
              

LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

     26,715       13,199
              

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

     43,148       34,353
              

RESTRICTED ASSETS

     12,393       1,411
              

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

     —         4,929
              

OTHER ASSETS

     3,876       4,760
              

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 228,412     $ 193,273
              

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES

    

Notes and accounts payable

   $ 10,841     $ 4,120

Income tax payable

     1,065       226

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     11,597       8,269
              

Total current liabilities

     23,503       12,615
              

OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

    

Accrued pension liabilities

     520       553

FIN 48 tax liabilities

     210       302

Other liabilities

     —         23
              

Total long-term liabilities

     730       878
              

Total liabilities

     24,233       13,493
              

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Preference shares at $0.00002 par value per share; Authorized — 250,000,000 shares;

     —         —  

Ordinary shares at $0.00002 par value per share; Authorized — 4,750,000,000 shares; Issued — 1,911,868,150 and 1,832,788,400 shares as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively

     38       37

Additional paid-in capital

     144,944       141,784

Retained earnings

     56,847       36,746

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     3,646       1,213

Treasury stock — 5,000,000 shares and nil as of December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively

     (1,296 )     —  
              

Total shareholders’ equity

     204,179       179,780
              

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 228,412     $ 193,273
              

 

- 4 -


FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In Thousands of US Dollars, Except Per Share Amounts and Share Data)

 

     Years Ended December 31  
     2007     2008  

NET SALES

   $ 165,540     $ 138,825  

COST OF SALES

     71,099       58,110  
                

GROSS PROFIT

     94,441       80,715  
                

OPERATING EXPENSES (INCOME)

    

Research and development (a)

     34,624       37,424  

Selling, general and administrative (a)

     45,560       39,003  

Goodwill impairment

     —         2,782  

Write-off of prepayment to foundry services

     —         2,942  

Litigation income

     (9,364 )     (2,000 )
                

Total operating expenses

     70,820       80,151  
                

INCOME FROM OPERATIONS

     23,621       564  
                

NON-OPERATING INCOME (EXPENSES)

    

Interest income

     3,262       2,328  

Impairment loss on long-term investments

     —         (14,146 )

Foreign exchange loss, net

     (548 )     (412 )

Other, net

     105       97  
                

Total non-operating income (expenses)

     2,819       (12,133 )
                

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX

     26,440       (11,569 )

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

     1,456       2,240  
                

NET INCOME (LOSS)

     24,984       (13,809 )
                

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

    

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     1,667       1,466  

Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities

     2,702       (3,776 )

Unrealized pension loss

     (95 )     (123 )
                

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     4,274       (2,433 )
                

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

   $ 29,258     $ (16,242 )
                

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

    

Basic

   $ 0.01     $ (0.01 )
                

Diluted

   $ 0.01       NA  
                

NUMBER OF SHARES USED IN EARNINGS PER SHARE CALCULATION:

    

Basic (in thousands)

     1,905,725       1,862,831  
                

Diluted (in thousands)

     1,943,785       1,869,218  
                

(a) INCLUDES STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION CHARGE AS FOLLOWS:

    

Research and development

   $ 1,058     $ 1,067  

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 1,408     $ 1,621  

 

- 5 -


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

We design, develop and market high performance integrated circuits for power management and security applications, as well as systems security solutions. We also license a limited portion of our proprietary intellectual property to third parties. Our net sales have been derived primarily from the sale of analog, digital, and mixed-signal integrated circuit products to customers in the consumer electronics, computer, industrial and communications markets.

Our net sales have decreased from US$165.5 million in 2007 to US$138.8 million in 2008. This decrease in net sales was due primarily to the deterioration in the general demand for electronic products as a result of inventory adjustments in supply chain because of macro-economic decline. Although we cannot estimate the extent to which our business will be affected in the future, we will continue to diversify our customer base and market focus by providing new products that are used in consumer electronics, computer, industrial and communications applications. Our overall gross margin has fluctuated in the past and is likely to fluctuate in the future due to the stages of our products in their life cycles, variations in our product mix, the timing of our product introductions, and specific product manufacturing costs. New products typically have higher gross margins than products that are more mature. Gross margins on the products we sell will typically decline over the life of these products due to competitive pressures and volume pricing agreements.

Operating expenses increased from US$70.8 million in 2007 to US$80.2 million in 2008. Our operating expenses increased primarily due to US$5.7 million of combined non-recurring items for goodwill impairment and the write-off of prepaid foundry services. The increase was also owing to decreased litigation income of US$2.0 million received in 2008 as compared to US$9.4 million in 2007.

Our net income was US$25.0 million in 2007 and our net loss was US$13.8 million in 2008. The increase in net loss in 2008 was primarily due to decreased sales and gross margin, increased impairment on long-term investments, increased non-recurring charges of goodwill impairment and write-off of prepayments to foundry providers, and decreased litigation income.

We utilize a fabless semiconductor business model, which means we focus on designing, developing and marketing products, while having these products manufactured by large independent semiconductor foundries. Although we have developed certain internal testing capability, as a fabless semiconductor company, we do not need to invest significant capital to manufacture semiconductor devices, and can take advantage of some of the cost-efficiencies of third-party foundries. We place purchase orders for specific quantities of packaged semiconductor devices or wafers at set prices. We currently use third parties to test and assemble substantially all of our products, which helps offset the capital we need to invest in these activities. We also use independent assembly suppliers for the production of our systems security solutions products.

We sell our products through a combination of direct sales offices, sales representatives and distributors. We have sales representatives in China, Hong Kong, Singapore, Taiwan, and the United States, as well as distributors in Japan and China. Revenue from product sales to customers, other than distributors, is recognized at the time of shipment, including revenue that has been realized and earned. Sales through distributors are recognized when the distributors make a sale. Under certain conditions, customers may return defective products. Allowances for sales returns are provided on the basis of past experience. These provisions are deducted from sales.

 

- 6 -


FACTORS THAT AFFECT OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Demand for consumer electronics and computer products

The majority of our net sales are generated from our products used in liquid crystal display (LCD) television, LCD monitors, notebook computer panels, and LCD panels for global positioning systems (GPS). As a result, changes in demand for these products may affect our results of operations.

Technology migration and new products

Due to rapid technological advances in the semiconductor industry, and frequent new product introductions by our customers and our competitors, our success depends in part on our ability to develop and introduce new products in a timely manner. As a result, we continue to actively develop new products that have improved features and can achieve broad commercial acceptance. In addition, the price of integrated circuit products tends to decline over the product’s life cycle as the current generation of integrated circuits is replaced by next-generation products. We also work closely with customers to identify their future product needs and establish engineering priorities for new product design and development. We intend to continue to leverage our analog and mixed-signal design expertise to develop products.

Manufacturing costs

As a fabless semiconductor company, we rely on third-party foundries to manufacture our integrated circuits. We also rely on third-party assembly and testing service providers to assemble, package and test our integrated circuits prior to shipping. Our cost of sales includes the cost of these assembly, packaging and testing services and the cost of integrated circuits. Our cost of sales accounted for approximately 42.9% and 41.9% of our net sales for each of the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008. In general, the cost of foundry services depends on prevailing wafer costs, which in turn depends on industry capacity and the state of manufacturing process technologies as well as on the complexity of our product designs, order size, cycle time and foundry capacity utilization. We continue to undertake efforts to reduce our cost of sales by developing long-term relationships with third-party foundries and service providers to achieve better pricing, improving our product designs and deploying more advanced product and manufacturing process technologies.

Research and development expenditures

Research and development is a high priority for us. As at December 31, 2008, we had 586 design engineers, representing more than 67% of our total workforce. In 2007 and 2008, we spent 20.9% and 27.0% of our net sales in research and development expenditures, respectively. We believe that these ratios are higher than those for many of our peers in the industry. Higher research and development expenditures increase the cost of our operations and there can be no assurance that such expenditures will enable us to develop better products than our competitors.

Patent related litigation

Patent related litigation expenses arising out of our legal proceedings in the United States, Taiwan, and China also affect our results of operations. These expenses primarily consist of the fees of external legal counsel and consultants. We also incur patent litigation expenses defending lawsuits brought against us. As of December 31, 2008, we have deposited an amount of New Taiwan dollars equivalent to approximately US$1.4 million with the courts in Taiwan in connection with our applications for preliminary injunctions and provisional attachments on the alleged breaches of our patents. These deposits in the form of Taiwan government bonds, certificate of deposits and cash are deposited with the Taiwan courts and are accounted for as restricted assets on our balance sheet. If we lose our lawsuits, we could forfeit some of these deposits and face additional penalties as well. We expect to continue to incur patent litigation expenses in future, and such expenses might fluctuate. To date, other than the deposit of court bonds, we have not made any provisions with respect to these patent litigations based on our consultation, from time to time, with our external counsel and technical experts on the probability that a contingent loss may be incurred as result of these litigations.

 

- 7 -


Seasonality

The consumer electronics and computer markets are characterized by seasonal volume increases in the latter part of the year primarily driven by increased consumer spending during the holiday season. We normally experience the highest sales volume to our customers in these markets in the third and fourth quarter of each year, when such customers increase their inventories in anticipation of increased seasonal demand. Our customers in the industrial and communications markets are to a lesser extent subject to seasonal consumer demand. As a result, our sales volume to those customers has been largely consistent from quarter-to-quarter.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Revenue recognition and accounts receivable allowances

We recognize revenue on sales to direct customers in accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements” (“SAB 104”). SAB 104 requires that four basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) persuasive evidence that an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the fee is fixed and determinable, and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured. Determination of criterion (4) is based on management’s judgments regarding the collectibility of those fees.

For sales made through distributors, we defer recognition of such sales until the product is sold by the distributors to their end customers. Since we have limited control over these distributors’ sales to third parties, we recognize revenues on these sales only when the distributors sell the products. In addition, products held by distributors are included in our inventory balance. Accounts receivable from distributors are recognized and inventory is relieved upon shipment as title to inventories generally transfers upon shipment.

We make allowances for future product returns in the current period revenue. We analyze historical returns, changes in current demand and acceptance of products when evaluating the adequacy of such allowances. Estimates may differ from actual product returns and allowances and these differences may materially affect our reported revenue and amounts ultimately collected on accounts receivable. In addition, we monitor collectability of accounts receivable primarily through review of the accounts receivable aging. When facts and circumstances indicate the collection of specific amounts or from specific customers is at risk, we assess the impact on amounts recorded for bad debts and, if necessary, will record a charge in the period such determination is made. To date, we have not experienced material write-offs of accounts receivable due to uncollectability.

Inventories

Our inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost or market value. Cost Comprises direct materials and where applicable, those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Cost is determined on a currently adjusted standard basis, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. Because of the cyclicality of the market, inventory levels, obsolescence of technology and product life cycles, we write down inventories to net realizable value based on backlog, forecasted product demand and historical sales levels. Backlog is subject to revisions, cancellations and rescheduling. Actual demand and market conditions may be lower than those projected by us. This difference could have a material adverse effect on our gross margin should additional inventory write downs become necessary.

Long-lived assets

We evaluate the recoverability of property and equipment in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”. We perform periodic reviews to determine whether facts and circumstances exist that would indicate that the carrying amounts of property and equipment might not be fully recoverable. If facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of property and equipment might not be fully recoverable, we compare projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related assets over their estimated remaining useful life against

 

- 8 -


their respective carrying amounts. In the event that the projected undiscounted cash flows are not sufficient to recover the carrying value of the assets, the assets are written down to their estimated fair values based on the expected discounted future cash flows attributable to the assets. Evaluation of impairment of property and equipment requires estimates in the forecast of future operating results that are used in the preparation of the expected future undiscounted cash flows. Actual operating results and the remaining economic lives of the property and equipment could differ from the estimates used in assessing the recoverability of these assets. These differences could result in additional impairment charges, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Income taxes

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for the effect of income taxes and was adopted by us on January 1, 2007. Our income taxes are accounted in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes”. The provision for income tax represents income tax paid and payable for the current year plus the changes in the deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the years. Deferred income tax assets are primarily the tax effects of the operating loss carry-forwards, research and development credit carry- forwards and temporary differences. On a periodic basis we evaluate the deferred income tax assets balance for realizability. To the extent we believe it is more likely than not that some portion of deferred income tax assets will not be recognized, we will increase the valuation allowance against the deferred income tax assets. Realization of the deferred income tax assets is dependent primarily upon future taxable income, changes in tax laws and other factors. These changes, if any, may require possible material adjustment to the deferred income tax assets, resulting in a reduction in net income in the period when such determinations are made. In addition, we recognize liabilities for potential income tax contingencies based on the estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes may be due. If we determine that payment of these amounts is unnecessary or if the recorded tax liability is less than its current assessment, we may be required to recognize an income tax benefit or additional income tax expense in its financial statements, accordingly.

Legal contingencies

We are currently involved in various claims and legal proceedings. We periodically assess each matter in order to determine if a contingent liability in accordance with SFAS No.5, “Accounting for Contingencies”, should be recorded. In making the determination, we may, depending on the nature of the matter, consult with external counsel and technical experts. Based on the information obtained combined with our judgment regarding all the facts and circumstances of each matter, we determine whether it is probable that a contingent loss may be incurred and whether the amount of such loss can be estimated. Should a loss be probable and estimable, we record a contingent loss in accordance with SFAS No. 5. In determining the amount of a contingent loss, we take into consideration advice received from experts in the specific matter, current status of legal proceedings, prior case history and other factors. Should the judgments and estimates be incorrect, we may need to record additional contingent losses that could materially adversely impact our results of operations.

Stock-based compensation

We grant stock options and other awards to our employees and certain non-employees. Prior to January 1, 2006, we elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion (“APB”) No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and complied with the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” for our employee stock options. Under APB No. 25, compensation expense is measured based on the difference, if any, on the date of the grant, between the fair value of the ordinary shares of our Company (the “Shares”) and the exercise price of the stock option.

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 (R), “Share-Based Payments,” using the modified prospective application method. Under this transition method, compensation cost recognized for the years beginning after December 31, 2005, includes the applicable amounts of: (a) compensation cost of all stock-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of,

 

- 9 -


December 31, 2005 (based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123 and previously presented in pro forma footnote disclosures), and (b) compensation cost for all stock-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 (based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the new provisions of SFAS No. 123 (R)). Results for periods prior to January 1, 2006, have not been restated.

Treasury stock

We cancel all shares repurchased under our share repurchase plan. Accordingly, the excess of the purchase price over par value will be allocated between additional paid-in capital and retained earnings based on the average issuance price of the shares repurchased. Shares that are repurchased and cancelled are not counted as part of our issued share capital.

Research and development costs

Our research and development costs consist of expenditures incurred during the course of planned research and investigation aimed at the discovery of new knowledge that will be useful in developing new products or processes, or significantly enhancing existing products or production processes as well as expenditures incurred for the design and testing of product alternatives or the construction of prototypes. We charge all of our expenditures related to research and development activities to operating expenses when incurred.

Fair Value Measurements

We adopted SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” on January 1, 2008. SFAS No. 157, among other things, defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. SFAS No. 157 clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, SFAS No. 157 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1    —    Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;
Level 2    —    Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly;
Level 3    —    Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

 

- 10 -


Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2008

The following table summarizes historical results of operations as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:

 

     Years Ended December 31,  
     2007
%
    2008
%
 

Consolidated Statement of Income Data:

    

Net sales

   100.0     100.0  

Cost of sales

   42.9     41.9  
            

Gross profit

   57.1     58.1  

Operating expenses (income):

    

Research and development

   20.9     27.0  

Selling, general and administrative

   27.6     28.0  

Goodwill impairment

   —       2.0  

Write-off of prepayment to foundry services

   —       2.1  

Litigation income

   (5.7 )   (1.4 )
            

Total operating expenses

   42.8     57.7  
            

Income from operations

   14.3     0.4  

Non-operating income (expenses) — net

   1.7     (8.7 )
            

Income tax expenses

   (0.9 )   (1.6 )
            

Net income (loss)

   15.1     (9.9 )
            

The following table sets forth the breakdown of our net sales by product category in each of 2007 and 2008:

 

     Years Ended December 31,
     2007
(US$000)
   2008
(US$000)

Integrated Circuits:

     

Analog

   126,436    98,779

Mixed-signal

   13,280    26,222

Digital

   23,856    8,672

Systems Security Solutions

   1,967    3,369

Licensed Intellectual Property

   1    1,783
         

Total

   165,540    138,825
         

 

- 11 -


Net Sales . Net sales consisted of product revenues generated principally by sales of our integrated circuit products and system security products. Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 were US$138.8 million, a decrease of US$26.7 million or 16.1% from US$165.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in sales resulted primarily from due primarily to the deterioration in the general demand for electronic products as a result of inventory adjustments in supply chain because of macro-economic decline. In particular, the proportion of our net sales derived from the products that go into consumer electronics applications decreased from 2007 to 2008. This decrease resulted primarily from the decrease in shipments of analog integrated circuit products in the second half year of 2008. Net sales from analog integrated circuit products in 2008 were US$98.8 million, a decrease of US$27.7 million or 21.9% from US$126.4 million in 2007. In 2008, net sales from our digital integrated circuit products were US$8.7 million, a decrease of US$15.2 million or 63.6% from US$23.9 million in 2007, which resulted primarily from decreased sales of CardBus controller products in 2008. In 2008, net sales from our mixed-signal integrated circuit products were US$26.2 million, an increase of US$12.9 million or 97.5% from US$13.3 million in 2007, which primarily resulted from increased shipments for our power switch, and battery products. In 2008, net sales from our system security products were US$3.4 million, an increase of US$1.4 million or 71.3% from US$2.0 million in 2007, which primarily resulted from the introduction of new products and expansion of our client base from OEM products.

Gross Profit . Gross profit represents net sales less cost of sales. Cost of sales primarily consists of the costs of purchasing packaged integrated circuit products manufactured and assembled for us by independent foundries and packaging vendors and other costs associated with the procurement, storage and shipment of these products. Gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2008 was US$80.7 million, a decrease of US$13.7 million or 14.5% from US$94.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease was primarily due to decreased sales of our integrated circuit products in the second half year of 2008. Gross profit as a percentage of net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased to 58.1% from 57.1% for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily due to our success with the set up of our China supply chain, as well as efficient designs, and new products. We expect that our gross profit as a percentage of net sales will continue to fluctuate in the future as a result of the stages of our products in their life cycles, variations in our product mix, the timing of our product introductions and specific product manufacturing costs.

Research and Development Expenses . Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs of employees engaged in research, design and development activities and, to a lesser extent, expenses for non-recurring engineering expenses. Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 were US$37.4 million, an increase of US$2.8 million or 8.1% from US$34.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase primarily resulted from increased hiring of design engineers and increased non-recurring engineering expenses in respect of certain research and development projects. As a percentage of net sales, research and development expenses were 27.0% for the year ended December 31, 2008, increase from 20.9% for the year ended December 31, 2007. Research and development expenses as a percentage of net sales will fluctuate from quarter to quarter depending on the amount of net sales and the success of new product development efforts, which we view as critical to our future growth. At any point in time, we may also have internal research and development projects underway, which may or may not lead to new product designs. We expect to continue the development of innovative technologies and processes for new products and we believe that a continued commitment to research and development is essential in order to maintain the competitiveness of our existing products and to provide innovative new product offerings. Therefore, we expect to continue to invest significant resources in research and development in the future.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses . Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee-related expenses, patent litigation expenses, promotional expenses, professional fees paid to external auditors, and consulting fees. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2008 were US$39.0 million, a decrease of US$6.6 million or 14.4% from US$45.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease was primarily due to decreased patent litigation expenses paid to external legal counsels and consultants and decreased promotional expenses. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses were 28.0% for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase from 27.6% for the year ended December 31, 2007.

 

- 12 -


Goodwill Impairment . Goodwill impairment is the impairment charge as a result of our goodwill impairment analysis. Goodwill impairment for the year ended December 31, 2008 was US$2.8 million, an increase of US$2.8 million or 100.0% from none for the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to our decreased market capitalization as on December 31, 2008.

Write-off of Prepayment to Foundry Services . Write-off of prepayment to foundry services consist the write-offs of prepayments in relation to our review on the collectibility of the prepayments. Write-off prepayment to foundry service for the year ended December 31, 2008 was US$2.9 million, an increase of US$2.9 million or 100.0% from none for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was due to our decision to write-off our prepayments to Asia Sinomos as a result of the review of Asia Sinomos’ operating status and recurring financial losses in 2008.

Litigation Income . Litigation income consists primarily of amounts received from settlement, damage awards, award of costs and related interest. Litigation income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was US$2.0 million, a decrease of US$7.4 million or 78.6% from US$9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This decrease was due to decreased payments received from the litigation cases in 2008. We expect that litigation income will continue to fluctuate for the foreseeable future.

Non-Operating Income (Expenses)-Net . Non-operating income (expense)-net reflects primarily interest earned on cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments, impairment loss on long-term investments, and foreign exchange transaction losses. Non-operating expenses-net was US$12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, decreasing from non-operating income of US$2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 primarily due to increased impairment loss on long-term investments and decreased interest income.

Income Tax Expense . Income tax expense was approximately US$2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to an income tax expense of US$1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase in income tax expense was primarily due to increased income before income tax in global taxing entities.

Net Income (Loss) . As a result of the above factors, our net loss was US$13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of US$38.8 million from US$25.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. This decrease was primarily due to decreased sales, one-time non-recurring loss of goodwill impairment and write-off of prepayment, decreased litigation income, and increased impairment on long-term investments.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Cash flows

Since our inception, we have financed our operations primarily through private sales of securities, our initial public offering in August 2000 and our public offering in November 2001 as well as cash provided by operating activities in recent years. As of December 31, 2008, cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments were US$104.2 million.

Operating activities

Our net cash from operating activities is generally the cash effects of transactions and other events used in the determination of net income, adjusted for changes in our working capital. Our net cash inflows from operating activities were US$21.4 million and US$25.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, respectively.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 was primarily due to depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, impairment loss on long-term investments, goodwill impairment, decrease in accounts receivable, decrease in inventories, decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets, which was offset by net loss, decrease in notes and accounts payable, and decrease in accrued

 

- 13 -


expenses and other current liabilities. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2007 was primarily due to net income, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, which was offset by increase in accounts receivable, and increase in inventories.

Investing activities

In 2008, we had a net cash outflow from investing activities of US36.1 million as compared to US$14.3 million in 2007. Net cash outflow from investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2008 was primarily due to net increase of short-term investments, increase in acquisition of property and equipment, and intangible assets, which was offset by decrease of restricted assets and cash. Net cash outflow for the year ended December 31, 2007 was primarily due to net increase of short-term investments, increase in acquisition of property and equipment and increase in other assets, which was offset by decrease of restricted assets and cash.

Financing activities

Our net cash outflow from our financing activities in 2007 was US$956,000 as compared to a net cash outflow of US$10.8 million in 2008. The net cash outflow from financing activities in 2008 was primarily due to buy-back of treasury stock. The net cash outflow from financing activities in 2007 was primarily due to buy- back of treasury stock, which was offset by exercise of stock options.

Working capital

The Directors believe our cash balances will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements for at least the next 12 months from the date of publication of this report. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the inventory levels we maintain, the level of investments we make in new technology and improvements to existing technology, the levels of promotion and advertising required to launch new products and attain a competitive position in the marketplace, and the market acceptance of our products. Thereafter, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private financing. No assurance can be given that additional funds will be available or that we can obtain additional funds on terms favorable to us.

DIVIDEND POLICY

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid dividends on our Shares or other securities and do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future. As our business continues to grow, we intend to continue to invest the profits generated from our operations to implement our future plans. If we declare dividends in the future, the form, frequency and amount of such dividends will depend on our earnings and financial position, our results of operations, our capital needs, our plans for expansion and other factors we deem relevant. The declaration and payment of dividends will be determined at the sole discretion of our directors, subject to the requirements of the Companies Law, Cap. 22 (Law 3 of 1961, as consolidated and revised) of the Cayman Islands.

Distributable reserves

We have been advised that “profits” as defined under common law and amounts in our share premium account are distributable reserves under Cayman Islands law. As of December 31, 2008, we had no funds reserved for distribution to our shareholders.

Contingent liabilities

Except for the contingencies as disclosed in note 22 of the financial statements, as at the close of business on December 31, 2008, we did not have any material contingent liabilities.

 

- 14 -


CAPITAL EXPENDITURES

Capital expenditures are used to purchase property and equipment such as land, buildings, office furniture and integrated circuit testing equipment and certain intangible assets. For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, our total capital expenditures amounted to US$23.4 million, US$8.1 million and US$9.2 million, respectively.

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The table below describes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008:

 

     Total    2009    2010    2011
     (in thousands of US dollars)

Operating Lease Commitments

   3,161    2,043    1,057    61

Licenses, Maintenance and Support

   1,501    1,035    288    178
                   

Total

   4,662    3,078    1,345    239
                   

LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

We have made the long-term investments described below, and may make additional investments in these or other companies in the future. Our current investment strategy is to make small strategic investments in companies involved in our supply chain for the manufacture of our products or that provide products that are used in conjunction with our products by our mutual customers. We do not intend to have significant share ownership in, or active participation in the management of, these companies in which we have made strategic investments. The purpose of our investments is to enhance our business relationships with these suppliers to ensure the adequacy of foundry capacity allocation and the quality of services provided to us.

 

- 15 -


As of December 31, 2008, our long-term investments were as follows:

 

Investee Company

  

Type of Company

  

Date of Investment

   Size of
Investment
   Approximate
percentage of
voting
power (%)
 

X-FAB (1)

   Semiconductor foundry    July 2002    US$5.0 million    1.60 %

GEM Services, Inc. (1)

   Semiconductor assembly and testing service provider    August 2002    US$500,000    0.89 %

Etrend Hightech Corporation (1)(2)

   Semiconductor assembly and testing service provider   

December 2002

July 2003

March 2004

   US$500,000

US$147,000

US$313,000

   8.65 %

Asia SinoMOS Semiconductor Inc. (1)

   Semiconductor foundry   

January 2005

May 2006

December 2006

   US$5.0 million

US$3.3 million

US$4.8 million

   18.41 %

Silicon Genesis Corporation

   Developer of silicon products and other engineered multi- layered structures for integrated circuits    December 2000    US$500,000    0.06 %

China Resources Microelectronics Limited (1)

   Semiconductor foundry    August 2004    US$4.5 million    1.20 %

Philip Ventures Enterprise Fund

   Fund Management Company    November 2005    SG$1,000,000    2.77 %

Sigurd Microelectronics (Cayman) Co., Ltd. (1)

   Semiconductor assembly and testing service provider    July 2008    US$5,700,000    20.26 %

Notes:

 

1. One of our current suppliers or service providers.

 

2. We sold 133,000 of our shares in Etrend in August 2007 and recognized a gain of US$20,000. As of December 31, 2008, we held an aggregate of 3,048,383 shares of common stock in such company.

 

- 16 -


QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are, in the normal course of business, exposed to risks relating to fluctuations in interest rates and exchange rates, as well as credit risks and commodity price risks. Our risk management strategy aims to minimize the adverse effects of these risks on our financial performance.

Interest rate risk

We maintain an investment portfolio consisting mainly of fixed income securities, including time deposits and government bonds. These securities are subject to interest rate risk and will fall in value if market interest rates increase. If market rates were to increase immediately and uniformly by 10.0% from the levels at December 31, 2008, the fair value of our investment portfolio would decline by an immaterial amount. We presently intend to treat our fixed income investments as available-for-sale, and therefore we do not expect our results of operations or cash flows to be affected to any significant degree by a sudden short-term change in market interest rates. We have not purchased and do not currently hold any derivative financial instruments for hedging or trading purposes.

The table below provides information about our financial instruments with maturity dates greater than three months as of December 31, 2008.

 

     2009    2010    2011    2012    There-
after
   Total    Fair
Value
     (in thousands of US dollars)

Time Deposits
Fixed rate

   $ 49,706    $ —      $ 20    $ —      $ —      $ 49,726    $ 49,726

Corporate Bonds
Fixed rate

     4,026      —        —        —        —        4,026      4,026

Foreign currency risk

Fluctuations in exchange rates may adversely affect our financial results. The functional currency for each of our foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. As a result, certain of our assets and liabilities, including certain bank accounts, accounts receivable, restricted assets, short-term investments and accounts payable exist in non-US dollar-denominated currencies, which are sensitive to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. As of December 31, 2008, we held approximately US$28.2 million in government bonds, certificates of deposits and bank accounts denominated in foreign currencies.

We have not engaged in hedging activities to mitigate our foreign currency exposures and may experience economic losses as a result of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We monitor currency exchange fluctuations periodically. For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008, we experienced net foreign exchange losses of approximately US$548,000 and US$412,000, respectively, due to foreign currency exchange fluctuations, which are reflected in our results of operations.

Inflation risk

We are exposed to fluctuations in the prices of our raw materials, which we purchase at market prices. In addition, all of our product sales are made at market prices. Therefore, fluctuation in the prices of raw materials, which constitute primarily packaged integrated circuit products, has a significant effect on our results of operations. To date, we have not entered into any futures contracts to hedge against commodity price changes.

 

- 17 -


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report contains statements of a forward-looking nature. These statements are made under the “safe harbor” provisions of the U.S. Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can identify these forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “expects,” “should,” “could,” “plans,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology.

These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding our expectation that new product families will be more than 10% of revenue in 2009 and continue to grow at a pace that is ahead of the overall company; our expectation that industrial and communications markets will continue to increase as a percentage and further diversify our business; our belief that we have maintained a strong competitive position in our core markets; our profitability in the future; the role our new products will play in our future growth and their traction in the marketplace; our success in the key market segments that we have identified; our ability to continue to diversify our customer base and market focus; our efforts to reduce our cost of sales by developing long-term relationships with third-party foundries and service providers to achieve better pricing, improving our product designs and developing more advanced product and manufacturing process technologies; our ability to sustain ongoing success; our expectation to continue the development of innovative technologies and processes for new products and that a continued commitment to research and development is essential in order to maintain the competitiveness of our existing products and to provide innovative new product offerings; our expectation to continue to invest significant resources in research and development in the future; our ability to develop new products that have improved features and can achieve broad commercial acceptance; our intention to continue to leverage our analog and mixed-signal design expertise to develop products; our expectation to continue to develop innovative technologies; our expectation that our overall gross margin has fluctuated in the past and is likely to fluctuate in the future due to the stages of our products in their life cycles, variations in our product mix, the timing of our product introductions, and specific product manufacturing costs; our expectation that new products typically have higher gross margins and that gross margins typically decline over the life of the products; our expectation that our gross profit as a percentage of net sales will continue to fluctuate in the future as a result of the stages of our products in their life cycles, variations in our product mix, the timing of our product introductions and specific product manufacturing cost; our expectation that research and development expenses as a percentage of net sales will fluctuate; patent litigation expenses will continue to increase and fluctuate; our expectation that litigation income will continue to fluctuate; our expectation that we will experience highest sales volume in the consumer electronics and computer markets in the third and fourth quarter of each year; our belief that cash balances will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements for at least the next 12 months; our anticipation that we will not pay dividends in the foreseeable future; our intention not to have significant share ownership in, or active participation in the management of, companies in which we have made strategic investments; that we maintain an investment portfolio consisting mainly of fixed income securities, including time deposits and government bonds and that these securities are subject to interest rate risk and will fall in value if market interest rates increase; our expectation that our results of operations or cash flows will not be affected to any significant degree by sudden short-term change in market interest rates; our ability to develop products in a timely manner to meet customer demands; our ability to take advantage of cost-efficiencies associated with the “fabless” semiconductor business model; our expectations regarding outcome of litigation matters, and our statements regarding the effect of adoption of certain accounting policies; and our intention to continue to invest the profits generated from our operations to implement our future plans.

These forward-looking statements are based on our current assumptions and beliefs in light of the information currently available to us. Actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements may differ materially from those expressed or implied in these forward-looking statements for a variety of reasons, including: changes in demand for devices that use our products; market conditions in the semiconductor industry and the economy as a whole; the stages of our products in their life cycles, variations, expansions or reductions in the mix of our product offerings, the timing of our product introductions, specific product manufacturing costs, increased competition, introduction of new competing technologies and the increase of unexpected expenses, and such other factors discussed elsewhere in this annual report. We assume no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking information, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements which apply only as of the date of this annual report.

 

- 18 -


DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT

Executive Directors

Sterling Du , aged 49, has served as our chief executive officer and chairman of our Board since March 1997 and as a Class I Director since June 2001. He also served as our chief financial officer from March 1997 to March 1999. From May 1995 to March 1997, Mr. Du was president and chief executive officer of O 2 Micro, Inc. Mr. Du received a Bachelor of Science degree in chemical engineering from National Taiwan University and a Master of Science degree in electrical engineering from the University of California, Santa Barbara.

Chuan Chiung “Perry” Kuo , aged 49, has served as our general manager of Taiwan operations since January 1997, as chief financial officer and a Director since March 1999, as secretary since October 1999 and as a Class I Director since June 2001. Mr. Kuo received a Bachelor of Science degree in chemical engineering from National Taiwan University and a Master of Business administration degree from the Rotterdam School of Management, Erasmus University in The Netherlands.

James Elvin Keim , aged 64, has served as a Director since March 1999 and as Head of Marketing and Sales since December 2001 and a Class II Director since June 2001. He also served as our chief operating officer from June 1998 to June 2001. From March 1995 to June 1998, Mr. Keim was a principal in Global Marketing Associates, an international consulting firm. Prior to March 1995, he had been vice president of sales at Alliance Semiconductor Corporation, vice president of marketing at Performance Semiconductor Corporation and worldwide linear marketing manager at Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation. Mr. Keim received a Bachelor of Science degree in engineering from Iowa State University, a Master of Science degree in electrical engineering and a Master of Business administration degree from the University of Illinois.

Independent Non-executive Directors

Michael Austin , aged 73, has served as a Director since October 1997 and as a Class III Director since June 2001. Mr. Austin is a resident of the Cayman Islands and is a Chartered Accountant. Mr. Austin was admitted as an Associate of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales in 1964 and as a Fellow in 1974. Mr. Austin is also an Associate Member of The Chartered Institute of Taxation, a Member of the Society of Trust and Estate Practitioners, and a Notary Public of the Cayman Islands. Mr. Austin served as the managing partner of the Cayman Islands office of KPMG Peat Marwick, an international accounting firm, for 23 years. Since retiring in July 1992, Mr. Austin has been a consultant and currently serves as a non-executive director on several company boards, including those of a number of mutual funds, trust and insurance companies. Mr. Austin served as a director of the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority from January 1997, and was appointed Chairman of the Board in January 2003, a position he held until his retirement on July 31, 2004. He has also served on a variety of other government committees and government related boards, including the Cayman Islands Agricultural and Industrial Development Board, as Chairman; the Stock Exchange Committee; and the Government/Private Sector Consultative Committee. In 1990 Mr. Austin was awarded an M.B.E. by Her Majesty the Queen in recognition of services to the public and business community.

Teik Seng Tan , aged 54, was elected as a Class I Director in the annual general meeting in June 2008. He was also appointed to the Audit Committee in June 2008. Mr. Tan was previously employed by AMD Singapore Pte Ltd. from 1984 to 2007 where he held various positions, the last position being Senior Executive Managing Director. Mr. Tan currently serves as a director of HMC Associates Pte Ltd. He also has been Chairman of the Board of Directors for Bizlink Centre Singapore Ltd. since 2001 and a member of the Board of Directors since 1999. Mr. Tan is a member of the Advisory Council for the Singapore Human Resource Institute and a member of the Advisory Council of the School of Engineering at Temasek Polytechnic. Mr. Tan received a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Singapore and an M.S. in Industrial Engineering from the National University of Singapore.

Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin , aged 58, has served as a Class II Director, member of the audit committee, and chairman of the compensation committee since June 2003. He is a Certified Public Accountant in Taiwan. Since 1990, Mr. Lin has been a partner of UHY L&C Company, Certified Public Accountants, which is an independent member firm of Urbach Hacker Young International. Mr. Lin was a director of Urbach Hacker

 

- 19 -


Young International from October 1994 to October 1998. Prior to UHY L&C Company, he was a partner at T N Soong & Co. Mr. Lin serves as independent non-executive director and chairman of the audit committee of Yageo Corporation, director of Arima Communications Corporation, and corporate supervisor of Tex Year Industries Inc., all of which are Taiwan listed public companies. He graduated from Taipei Vocational Commercial School in 1969.

Keisuke Yawata , aged 74, has served as a Director since October 1999, as a member and the chairman of the audit committee since August 2000 and July 2001, respectively, and as a Class III Director since June 2001. Mr. Yawata has been a partner and director of Start-up101, a venture capital firm, since 1999 and is the chief executive officer of The Future International, a consulting firm he founded in 1997. From 1995 to 1997, he was the president and chief executive officer of Applied Materials Japan and a senior vice president of Applied Materials, Inc. From 1985 to 1994, he was at LSI Logic KK, serving as president and chief executive officer from 1985 to 1992, and as chairman of the board from 1993 to 1994. From 1958 to 1984, he was employed by NEC Corporation and its subsidiaries where he held various positions, the last position being president and chief executive officer of NEC Electronics, Inc. from 1981 to 1984. He received a Bachelor of Science degree in electrical engineering from Osaka University in Osaka, Japan and a Master of Science degree in electrical engineering from Syracuse University.

Xiaolang Yan , aged 62, has served as a Class III Director since July 2005. Mr. Yan is a professor and Dean of the Electrical Engineering College, Dean of the Information Science & Engineering College and Director of Institute of VLSI Design at Zhejiang University in China. He is also the Director of China’s National Integrated Circuit Talent Education Program and Vice President of China Semiconductor Industry Association. From May 2002 to October 2006, he was the Director of the Strategic Expert Committee for VLSI Design of the China State High Technology Program (863 Program). From May 1994 to March 1999, he was Professor and Dean of Hangzhou Institute of Electronic Engineering and Director of its ICCAD Research Institute. From September 1993 to May 1994, he was a visiting scholar at Stanford University. From March 1990 to September 1993, he was Executive Vice-President and Chief Engineer at Beijing IC Design Center in Beijing, China. Mr. Yan received his Bachelor of Science and Master of Science degrees in electrical engineering from Zhejiang University in Hangzhou, China.

Ji Liu , aged 73, has served as a Class II Director since June 2007. Mr. Liu has been an Honorary President of the China Europe International Business School since 2005. From 1999 to 2004, Mr. Liu was Executive President and President of the China Europe International Business School. From 1993 to 1999, Mr. Liu was a Research Fellow, Member of the Academic Board, Graduate Supervisor and Deputy Chairman of the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences. He received a bachelor of science in power mechanical engineering from Tsinghua University in China.

Senior management

Ivan Chang , aged 46, has served as our vice-president, finance since February 2003. He also served as our controller from July 1999 until February 2003. Mr. Chang received a Bachelor of Science degree in Accounting from Soochow University and a Master of Science degree in Accounting Information from University of Maryland, College Park.

Johnny Chiang , aged 51, has served as our vice-president, logistics and backend since February 2003. He also served as our director of operations from March 1999 to February 2003 and our operations manager from November 1997 to March 1999. Mr. Chiang received a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial Engineering from Chung Yung University.

Jane Liang , aged 40, is a fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants and a member of the Chinese Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Prior to being appointed our Qualified Accountant, Ms. Liang held positions as a senior finance manager with Bausch & Lomb (Shanghai) Trading Co. and as an accounting supervisor with Exxon Chemical (Shanghai) Trading Co. Ms. Liang holds a master and a Bachelor degree in Philosophy from Fudan University.

 

- 20 -


DIRECTORS’ REPORT

Principal Activities

O 2 Micro develops and markets innovative power management, and security components and systems for the Computer, Consumer, Industrial, and Communications markets. Products include Intelligent Lighting, Battery Management, Power Management, SmartCardBus ® and Security products, such as VPN/Firewall system solutions.

Directors

The Directors of our Company as at the date of this annual report are as follows:

Executive Directors

Sterling Du

Chuan Chiung “Perry” Kuo

James Elvin Keim

Independent Non-executive Directors

Michael Austin

Teik Seng Tan (appointed in June 6, 2008)

Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin

Keisuke Yawata

Xiaolang Yan

Ji Liu

Details of each member of the Board are set out in the “Directors and Senior Management” section on pages 19 to 20 of this annual report.

Our Company has received an annual confirmation from each of the Independent Non-executive Directors of his independence pursuant to Rule 3.13 of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Listing Rules”) and our Company is satisfied of their independence.

Directors’ Service Contracts

During the financial year, one of the Directors had a service contract with our Company which was not determinable by our Company within one year without payment of compensation, other than statutory compensation.

Directors’ interests in contracts of significance

No contracts of significance subsisted during or at the end of the financial year in which a Director is or was materially interested.

 

- 21 -


Directors’ Interests in Shares and Underlying Shares

As at December 31, 2008, the interests or short positions of our Directors and chief executive officer in any of our, or our associated corporation’s (within the meaning of Part XV of the Securities and Futures Ordinance, Chapter 571 of the laws of Hong Kong {the “SFO”}) shares, underlying shares or debentures required to be recorded in the register maintained by us under Section 352 of the SFO, or notified to us and The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “SEHK”) pursuant to Divisions 7 and 8 of Part XV of the SFO were as follows:

 

Name of Director

  

Name of Corporation

  

Nature of interest

   Total
number of
Shares
   Approximate
percentage
interest in
the
Company (9)
 

Sterling Du

   O 2  MicroInternational Limited    Personal Interest (1)    95,230,300    5.20 %
      Interest of Child under18    15,000,000    0.82 %

ChuanChiung “Perry” Kuo

   O 2 MicroInternational Limited    Personal Interest (2)    25,656,350    1.40 %

JamesElvinKeim.

   O 2 MicroInternational Limited    Personal Interest (3)    23,646,600    1.29 %
      Corporate Interest (3)    9,145,900    0.50 %

Michael Austin

   O 2 MicroInternational Limited    Personal Interest (4)    4,525,000    0.25 %

Keisuke Yawata

   O 2 MicroInternational Limited    Personal Interest (5)    3,450,000    0.19 %

Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin

   O 2 MicroInternational Limited    Personal Interest (6)    3,075,000    0.17 %

Xiaolang Yan

   O 2 MicroInternational Limited    Personal Interest (7)    3,075,000    0.17 %

Ji Liu

   O 2 MicroInternational Limited    Personal Interest (8)    800,000    0.04 %

Teik Seng Tan

   O 2 MicroInternational Limited    Personal Interest    —      —    

Notes:

 

1. Mr. Du beneficially owns 55,587,300 Shares. In addition, Mr. Du holds options to purchase an aggregate of 54,643,000 Shares, if fully exercised. As at the date of this report, none of these options has been exercised.

 

2. Mr. Kuo beneficially owns 5,937,500 Shares. In addition, Mr. Kuo holds options to purchase an aggregate of 19,718,850 Shares, if fully exercised. As at the date of this report, none of these options has been exercised.

 

3. Mr. Keim and his spouse jointly and beneficially own 344,400 Shares. Mr. Keim holds options to purchase an aggregate of 23,302,200 Shares, if fully exercised. As at the date of this report, none of these options has been exercised. In addition, Mr. Keim has a controlling interest in two private companies which hold an aggregate of 9,145,900 Shares.

 

4. Mr. Austin beneficially owns 75,000 shares. In addition, Mr. Austin holds options to purchase an aggregate of 4,450,000 shares, if fully exercised. As at the date of this report, none of these options has been exercised.

 

5. Mr. Yawata beneficially owns 728,500 shares. In addition, Mr. Yawata holds options to purchase an aggregate of 2,721,500 shares, if fully exercised. As at the date of this report, none of these options has been exercised.

 

6. Mr. Lin beneficially owns 75,000 shares. In addition, Mr. Lin holds options to purchase an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares, if fully exercised. As at the date of this report, none of these options has been exercised.

 

- 22 -


7. Mr. Yan beneficially owns 75,000 shares. In addition, Mr. Yan holds options to purchase an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares, if fully exercised. As at the date of this report, none of these options has been exercised.

 

8. Mr. Liu holds options to purchase an aggregate of 800,000 shares, if fully exercised. As at the date of this report, none of these options has been exercised.

 

9. The above percentage figures are calculated based on our issued and outstanding share capital as at December 31, 2008.

Substantial Shareholders’ Interests in Shares and Underlying Shares

As at December 31, 2008, the interests or short positions of persons other than our Directors and chief executive officer in our shares and underlying shares, as notified to us pursuant to the provisions of Divisions 2 to 5 of Part XV of the SFO and recorded in the register required to be kept by us under Section 336 of the SFO, were as follows:

 

Name of Substantial Shareholder

  

Nature of interest

   Total number
of Shares
   Approximate
percentage
Interest in our
Company
 

Wasatch Advisors, Inc.

   Beneficial owner    311,041,900    16.97 %

Fidelity Management & Research

   Beneficial owner    185,770,000    10.14 %

SpartaAssetManagement, LLC

   Beneficial owner    167,443,450    9.14 %

DNBNORAssetManagement/DNB NOR Kapitalforvaltning ASA

   Beneficial owner    144,115,600    7.86 %

PolarSecurities, Inc.

   Beneficial owner    99,683,400    5.44 %

Pre-emptive rights

There are no pre-emptive or similar rights under Cayman Islands law or our Memorandum and Articles of Association which would oblige us to offer new shares on a pro-rata basis to our existing shareholders.

Major customers and suppliers

For the year ended December 31, 2008, sales to our largest customer accounted for 12.3% of our net sales and the aggregate sales to our top five customers represented 42.4% of our net sales.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, our five largest suppliers accounted for approximately 58.4% of our total purchases, while our largest supplier accounted for approximately and 19.1% of our total purchases.

None of the Directors or their respective associates or, as far as the Directors are aware, any other shareholders owning more than 5% of our share capital were interested in any of our five largest suppliers and customers.

Sufficiency of public float

We have maintained a sufficient public float since the date of our listing on the SEHK.

 

- 23 -


Re-purchase of listed securities

During the year ended December 31, 2008 and as at the latest practical date of this annual report, we repurchased an aggregate of 88,008,650 Shares on the following dates and at the following purchase prices:

 

Date of Purchase

   Total Number
of Shares
   Purchase Price
Per Share

February 5, 2008

   1,000,000    0.1689

February 6, 2008

   1,500,000    0.1674

February 7, 2008

   1,000,000    0.1680

February 11, 2008

   507,500    0.1696

February 12, 2008

   1,500,000    0.1684

February 13, 2008

   750,000    0.1693

February 14, 2008

   1,250,000    0.1722

February 15, 2008

   1,000,000    0.1706

February 19, 2008

   329,950    0.1773

February 20, 2008

   1,250,000    0.1756

February 21, 2008

   1,250,000    0.1787

February 22, 2008

   750,000    0.1743

February 25, 2008

   1,500,000    0.1729

February 26, 2008

   1,250,000    0.1745

February 27, 2008

   1,200,000    0.1738

February 29, 2008

   1,000,000    0.1648

March 3, 2008

   1,800,000    0.1629

March 4, 2008

   1,000,000    0.1595

March 6, 2008

   650,000    0.1631

March 7, 2008

   1,000,000    0.1622

March 11, 2008

   225,000    0.1606

March 12, 2008

   875,100    0.1623

March 13, 2008

   2,000,000    0.1602

March 14, 2008

   2,000,000    0.1614

May 7, 2008

   450,000    0.1801

May 8, 2008

   581,150    0.1782

May 9, 2008

   855,000    0.1757

May 15, 2008

   507,500    0.1815

May 16, 2008

   712,000    0.1870

May 20, 2008

   1,625,000    0.1802

May 21, 2008

   500,000    0.1791

May 23, 2008

   750,000    0.1768

May 28, 2008

   179,700    0.1804

May 29, 2008

   830,000    0.1821

May 30, 2008

   1,000,000    0.1805

June 2, 2008

   1,250,000    0.1735

June 6, 2008

   17,300    0.1704

June 9, 2008

   1,000,000    0.1678

June 10, 2008

   1,250,000    0.1624

June 11, 2008

   750,000    0.1552

June 12, 2008

   1,250,000    0.1507

June 13, 2008

   1,100,000    0.1556

August 4, 2008

   2,475,050    0.0999

August 5, 2008

   4,869,500    0.1000

August 6, 2008

   4,869,500    0.0996

August 7, 2008

   3,316,550    0.1003

August 8, 2008

   4,782,850    0.1018

August 11, 2008

   1,375,000    0.1052

 

- 24 -


Date of Purchase

   Total Number
of Shares
   Purchase Price
Per Share

August 12, 2008

   4,000,000    0.1032

August 13, 2008

   1,780,000    0.1039

August 14, 2008

   2,000,000    0.1074

August 15, 2008

   3,345,000    0.1049

August 18, 2008

   1,000,000    0.1072

August 19, 2008

   3,500,000    0.1056

August 20, 2008

   1,205,000    0.1066

August 21, 2008

   2,830,050    0.1065

August 22, 2008

   3,964,950    0.1093

September 9, 2008

   1,500,000    0.0813
       

Total Number of Shares Repurchased

   88,008,650   
       

Pension schemes

We have a savings plan that qualifies under Section 401(k) of the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “US Internal Revenue Code”) and is a defined contribution plan. Each year, participating employees may contribute to the savings plan up to the US Internal Revenue Service annual statutory limit amount of pretax salary.

There is no matching by our Company of employee contributions to the savings plan and our Company has not made any contributions to the savings plan since its inception. There is no pension cost charged to our Company’s income statement with respect to the savings plan in 2007 and 2008. An employee who terminates employment with our Company (1) is entitled to a complete return of all amounts contributed by such employee to the savings plan or (2) may “roll-over” such contributions to another qualified plan. There is no vesting or other requirements which an employee must fulfill in order to be entitled to return or “roll-over” of amounts contributed to the savings plan upon termination of employment.

We also participate in mandatory pension funds and social insurance schemes, if applicable, for employees in jurisdictions in which other subsidiaries or offices are located to comply with local statutes and practices. In October 2006, we adopted a defined benefit pension plan and established an employee pension fund committee for certain Taiwan employees who were subject to the Taiwan Labor Standards Law (“Labor Law”) to comply with local practices. This benefit pension plan provides benefits based on years of service and average salary computed based on the final six months of employment. The Labor Law requires us to contribute between 2% to 15% of employee salaries to a government specified plan, which we currently make monthly contributions equal to 2% of employee salaries. Contributions are required to be deposited in the name of the employee pension fund committee with the Bank of Taiwan.

Equity Based Plans

1999 Employee Stock Purchase

The following is a summary of the principal terms of the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) which was adopted by our Board and Shareholders in October 1999 and amended in October 2005 and December 2006.

 

(a) Purpose of the ESPP

The purpose of the ESPP is to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentives to employees and to promote the success of our business.

 

- 25 -


(b) Who may join

All employees who are regularly employed for more than five months in any calendar year and work more than 20 hours per week are eligible to participate in the ESPP, subject to a 10-day waiting period after hiring. Non-employee directors, consultants and employees subject to the rules or laws of a non- US jurisdiction that prohibit or make impracticable their participation in the ESPP will not be eligible to participate.

 

(c) Number of securities available for issue under the ESPP

As at the date of this annual report, an aggregate of 17,412,900 shares are available for issuance under the ESPP, representing approximately 0.95 % of our issued share capital.

 

(d) Individual Limit

Unless otherwise permitted under the Listing Rules, the total number of Shares subject to options and purchase rights granted by us under the ESPP (or any other of our share incentive plans) to an employee (including both exercised and outstanding options) in any 12-month period may not exceed 1% of the Shares outstanding at the date of such grant. If such grant would cause the total number of Shares subject to options and purchase rights to exceed 1% of the Shares outstanding on the date of grant, such grant must be approved by our Shareholders at a general meeting.

The maximum number of Shares that any employee may purchase under the ESPP during a purchase period is 100,000 Shares. The US Internal Revenue Code imposes additional limitations on the amount of common stock that may be purchased during any calendar year.

 

(e) Purchase Rights

The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” under Section 423 of the US Internal Revenue Code in order to provide our employees with an opportunity to purchase common stock through payroll deductions.

The ESPP will designate offer periods, purchase periods and exercise dates. Offer periods (and purchase periods) are 3 months in duration and commence on each February, May, August and November. Exercise dates are the last day of each purchase period.

On the first day of each offer period, a participating employee will be granted a purchase right. A purchase right will automatically be exercised at the end of the purchase period during which authorized deductions are to be made from the pay of participants and credited to their accounts under the ESPP. When the purchase right is exercised, the participant’s withheld salary is used to purchase Shares. Payroll deductions may range from 1% to 10% in whole percentage increments of a participant’s regular base pay and shall commence on the first day of each offer period.

Upon termination of a participant’s employment relationship, the payroll deductions credited to such participant’s account during the offer period but not yet used to exercise the option will be returned to such participant or, in the case of his/her death, to the person or persons entitled and such participant’s option will be automatically terminated.

 

(f) Administration of the ESPP

The Board or a committee designated by the Board (the “Administrator”) administers the ESPP. The Administrator has full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the ESPP, to determine eligibility and to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the ESPP. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator, there is no performance target that needs to be achieved by the participant before a purchase right can be exercised nor any minimum period for which a purchase right must be held before a purchase right can be exercised.

 

- 26 -


(g) Purchase Price

The price per Share at which Shares are purchased under the ESPP will be expressed as a percentage not less than the lower of (i) 90% of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of grant of the purchase right (which is the commencement of the offer period) or (ii) 90% of the fair market value of the Shares on the date the purchase right is exercised. We have obtained from the SEHK a waiver from strict compliance with Listing Rule 17.03(9) relating to the discounted exercise price of option grants under the ESPP. We requested the waiver on the basis of the following reasons: the ESPP satisfies all other requirements of Chapter 17 of the Listing Rules except that the exercise price for the purchase of Shares will be at a discount to the market price of the underlying Shares on the date of grant; the ESPP is a plan designed to provide tax benefits to our US employees; the price per Share at which Shares are to be purchased under the ESPP will be not less than the lower of (i) 90% of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of grant of the purchase right, or (ii) 90% of the fair market value of the Shares on the date that the purchase right is exercised; the ESPP operates as a savings-related share purchase plan which enables employees to purchase Shares through payroll deduction; all of our employees who meet certain minimum work and hour requirements are eligible to participate in the ESPP; notwithstanding the fact that the plan is designed for US tax benefit purposes, all employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP; and that we propose to maintain the listing of our Shares on the Nasdaq and the ESPP satisfies the requirements of the tax regulations in the US.

 

(h) Period of the ESPP

Unless terminated sooner, the ESPP will terminate ten years after its initial adoption.

2005 Share Option Plan

The following is a summary of the principal terms of the 2005 Share Option Plan (the “SOP”) adopted by us on March 2, 2006.

 

(a) Purpose of the SOP

The purpose of the SOP is to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentives to employees, Directors and consultants and to promote the success of our business.

 

(b) Who may join

The Board or any committee composed of members of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the SOP (the “Administrator”) may, at its discretion, select the employees, Directors and consultants to whom the options under the SOP (the “Options”) may be granted.

 

(c) Number of securities available for issue under the SOP

As at the date of this annual report, an aggregate of 3,345,650 shares are available for issuance under the SOP, representing approximately 0.18 % of our issued share capital.

 

(d) Share options

Each option shall be designated as an Incentive Share Option or a Non-Qualified Share Option. Subject to the terms of the SOP, the Administrator shall determine the provisions, terms and conditions of each Option. Such terms and conditions shall be specified in written agreements evidencing the grant of the Option (an “Option Agreement”).

 

- 27 -


An Incentive Option is an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. A Non-Qualified Share Option is an option which is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Share Option. Non-Qualified Share Options may be granted to employees, Directors and consultants. The terms of Incentive Share Options must comply with specific requirements set forth under Section 422 of the US Internal Revenue Code. For example, Incentive Share Options are subject to restrictions with respect to the exercise price of the option, the transferability of the option and holding periods applicable to the shares acquired upon exercise of an Incentive Share Option. Also, Incentive Share Options may be granted only to our employees or the employees of our parent or subsidiary. As a result of satisfying such requirements, Incentive Share Options are eligible for preferential treatment under United States income tax rules.

 

(e) Individual Limit

Unless otherwise permitted under the Listing Rules, the total number of Shares subject to Options granted by us under the SOP (or any other of our share incentive plans) to an employee, Director or consultant who receives an Option (a “Grantee”) (including both exercised and outstanding options) in any 12 month period, may not exceed 1% (or 0.1% in the case of an “independent non-executive director” as the term is used in the Listing Rules) of the Shares outstanding at the date of such grant. If such grant would cause the total number of Shares subject to options to exceed 1% (or 0.1% in the case of an “independent non-executive director”) of the Shares outstanding on the date of grant, such grant must be approved by our Shareholders at a general meeting.

 

(f) Exercise of Option

An Option shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator under the terms of the SOP and specified in the Option Agreement. An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to us in accordance with the terms of the Option Agreement by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been made.

 

(g) Administration of the SOP

The Administrator shall be responsible for the administration of the SOP. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator, there is no amount payable upon receipt of an Option, performance target that needs to be achieved by the participant before an Option can be exercised nor any minimum period for which an Option must be held before an Option can be exercised (subject to any applicable vesting schedule for the Option).

 

(h) Exercise Price

The exercise price for an Incentive Share Option granted to an employee who, at the time of the grant of such Incentive Share Option, owns shares representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of shares of our Company or any parent or subsidiary of our Company shall not be less than 110% of the greater of (1) the fair market value (as defined in the SOP) per Share on the date of grant (which must be a trading day) and (2) the average fair market value per Share for the five trading days immediately preceding the date of grant. No amounts are payable upon receipt or acceptance of an Incentive Share Option by an employee.

The exercise price for an Incentive Share Option granted to an employee other than an employee described above shall not be less than 100% of the greater of (1) the fair market value per Share on the date of grant (which must be a trading day) and (2) the average fair market value per Share for the five trading days immediately preceding the date of grant.

The exercise price for a Non-Qualified Share Option shall not be less than 100% of the greater of (1) the fair market value per Share on the date of grant (which must be a trading day) and (2) the average fair market value per Share for the five trading days immediately preceding the date of grant.

 

- 28 -


(i) Period of the SOP

The SOP shall continue for a term of 10 years from the date of our listing on the SEHK unless terminated earlier.

The term of each Option shall be as stated in the Option Agreement, provided however, that the term of an Option shall be no more than 10 years from the date of grant of that Option. However, in the case of an Incentive Share Option granted to a Grantee who, at the time the Option is granted, owns Shares representing more than 10% of the voting power of all our classes of shares or the shares of our parent or subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option shall be five years from the date of grant of that Option or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement. The specified term of any Option shall not include any period for which the Grantee has elected to defer the receipt of the Shares or cash issuable pursuant to the Option.

2005 Share Incentive Plan

The following is a summary of the principal terms of the 2005 Share Incentive Plan (the “SIP”) adopted by us on March 2, 2006.

 

(a) Purpose of the SIP

The purpose of the SIP is to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentives to employees, Directors and consultants and to promote the success of our business.

 

(b) Who may join

The Board or any committee composed of members of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the SIP (the “Administrator”) may, at its discretion, select the employees, Directors and consultants to whom the awards under the SIP (the “Awards”) may be granted (the “Grantee”).

 

(c) Number of securities available for issue under the SIP

As at the date of this annual report, an aggregate of 17,511,750 shares have are available for issuance under the SIP, representing approximately 0.95% of our issued share capital.

 

(d) Awards

The Administrator may award any type of arrangement to a Grantee that is not inconsistent with the provisions of the SIP and that by its terms involves or might involve the issuance of restricted Shares, cash, dividend equivalent rights, restricted Share units or stock appreciation right (“SAR”) or similar right with a fixed or variable price related to the fair market value of the Shares and with an exercise or conversion privilege related to the passage of time, the occurrence of one or more event, or the satisfaction of performance criteria or other conditions. Each Award shall be designated in a written agreement evidencing the grant of an Award (the “Award Agreement”).

An SAR entitles the Grantee to receive an amount in cash (or Shares) equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a Share at the time of exercise of the SAR over the base appreciation amount. A dividend equivalent right entitles the Grantee to receive cash compensation measured by the dividends paid with respect to a Share. Restricted Shares are transferred to the Grantee either at a specified price or for no consideration, but the Shares are nontransferable and subject to the restriction that the Shares must be returned to the employer (or sold back at the original price) if the Grantee terminates service prior to a specified time. Typically, a portion of the total restricted Shares becomes vested, i.e., freed of restrictions, annually over a period of years. In connection with the issuance of restricted Share units, units are granted (for no consideration) that do not represent any actual ownership interest in the company. The units granted correspond in number and value to a specified number of Shares. No actual Shares are issued. The units may be subject to forfeiture provisions to replicate the treatment of restricted Shares. The units can ultimately be paid in cash or Shares.

 

- 29 -


(e) Limit of the SIP

Subject to the terms of the SIP, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards is 75,000,000. In addition, a right entitling a Grantee to compensation measured by dividends paid with respect to ordinary shares (a “Dividend Equivalent Right”) shall be payable solely in cash and shall not be deemed to reduce the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued under the SIP.

 

(f) Purchase Price

The purchase price, if any, for an Award shall be as follows:

 

  (1) in the case of SARs, the base appreciation amount shall not be less than 100% of the fair market value per Share on the date of grant; and

 

  (2) in the case of restricted Shares, the Shares may be transferred to the Grantee either at a specified price or for no consideration;

 

  (3) in the case of restricted Share units, the units are transferred to the Grantee for no consideration; and

 

  (4) in the case of dividend equivalent rights, the rights are transferred to the Grantee for no consideration.

 

(g) Administration of the SIP

The Administrator shall be responsible for the administration of the SIP. An Award shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator under the terms of the SIP and specified in the Award Agreement. An Award shall be deemed to be exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to us in accordance with the terms of the Award by the person entitled to exercise the Award and full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Award is exercised has been made.

 

(h) Period of the SIP

The SIP shall continue for a term of 10 years from the date of our listing on the SEHK unless terminated earlier.

The term of each Award shall be as stated in the Award Agreement, provided however that the term of an Award shall be no more than 10 years from the date of grant of the Award.

Existing Equity Incentive Plans

The Existing Equity Incentive Plans were terminated as of our listing on the SEHK. All awards granted under those plans prior to such date remain in effect in accordance with their terms under the applicable plan, but no new awards will be granted from and after such listing date under such plans.

 

- 30 -


Particulars of Outstanding Options

As at December 31, 2008, particulars of outstanding Existing Options granted to our (1) Directors, (2) senior management, (3) consultants and (4) employees are as follows:

 

Category

   Total number
of grantees in
category
   Number of
Shares under
outstanding
Existing
Options
   % of
total issued
share capital
    Exercise
Period
   Exercise Price
(per Share)

Directors of our Company

   9           

Sterling Du

      54,643,000    2.98 %   10/31/2001–
2/29/2016
   US$0.1538–
US$0.2878

Chuan Chiung “Perry” Kuo

      19,718,850    1.08 %   04/30/2001–
2/29/2016
   US$0.1538–
US$0.3494

James Elvin Keim

      23,302,200    1.27 %   04/30/2001–
2/29/2016
   US$0.1538–
US$0.3494

Michael Austin

      4,450,000    0.24 %   10/31/2001–
6/30/2016
   US$0.0900–
US$0.2878

Keisuke Yawata

      2,721,500    0.15 %   10/31/2001–
10/31/2011
   US$0.2878

Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin

      3,000,000    0.17 %   06/30/2003–
06/30/2013
   US$0.3226

Xiaolang Yan

      3,000,000    0.17 %   12/30/2005–
12/30/2015
   US$0.2036

Ji Liu

      800,000    0.04 %   8/31/2007–
8/31/2015
   US$0.2822

Teik Seng Tan

      0    0.00 %   nil    nil

Senior Management of our Company

   2           

Ivan Chang

      2,820,400    0.15 %   10/28/1999–
1/31/2016
   US$0.1175–
US$0.4836

Johnny Chiang

      5,100,000    0.28 %   3/11/1999–
1/31/2006
   US$0.01–
US$0.4836

Consultants of our Company (1)

   20    8,121,650    0.44 %   10/28/1999–
1/31/2016
   US$0.13–
US$0.4262

Employee of our Company (2)

   567    178,723,100    9.75 %   3/11/1999–
11/28/2016
   US$0.01–
US$0.4836
               
      306,400,700    16.72 %     
               

Notes:

 

1. None of these consultants is a connected person of the Company.

 

2. Includes grantees who are no longer employees of the Company.

No consideration was paid or is payable for the grant of any of the existing options.

Disclosure under Rules 13.11 to 13.19 of the Listing Rules

The Directors have confirmed that they are not aware of any circumstances which would give rise to disclosures under Rules 13.11 to 13.19 of the Listing Rules.

 

- 31 -


CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT

We are committed to a high standard of business ethics and conduct. It is our policy to conduct our affairs in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations of the jurisdictions in which we do business. To this end, we have established a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which provides employees, officers and non-employee directors with guidelines covering a wide range of business practices and procedures. A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics can be found on our website at www.o2micro.com .

This report sets out information in respect of our compliance with the Code on Corporate Governance Practices (the “Code”) contained in Appendix 14 and the Code of Conduct for securities transactions by the Directors (the “Model Code”) contained in Appendix 10 of the Listing Rules.

CODE ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PRACTICES CONTAINED IN APPENDIX 14 TO THE LISTING RULES

The Board

Our Company is headed by a Board of nine Directors, six of whom are Independent Non-executive Directors. Information on their backgrounds and experiences has been set out on pages 19 to 20 of this annual report.

The Board is responsible for establishing broad corporate policies and for overseeing our overall performance. The Board reviews significant developments affecting us and acts on matters requiring its approval. The other responsibilities of the Board include the following:

 

  (i) formulating and approving our overall business strategies, objectives, business plans, policies and investment proposals as well as monitoring and supervising management’s performance; and

 

  (ii) monitoring the execution of our strategies and overseeing our operating and financial performance.

The Board is supported by three committees, the audit, compensation and nominating committees. Each committee has its own responsibilities, powers and functions. The chairmen of the respective committees report to the Board regularly and make recommendations on matters discussed when appropriate.

The Board of Directors held 4 meetings in 2008, of which Mr. Du attended 4 meetings; Mr. Kuo attended 4 meetings; Mr. Keim attended 4 meetings; Mr. Austin attended 4 meetings; Mr. Tan attended 2 meetings, Mr. Lin attended 4 meetings; Mr. Yawata attended 4 meetings; Mr. Yan attended 4 meetings, and Mr. Liu attended 3 meetings. The audit committee held 7 meetings in 2008, of which the members, Messrs. Lin and Yawata, attended all 7 meetings. Mr. Tan attended 3 meetings. The compensation committee held 2 meeting in 2008, which both members, Messrs. Austin and Lin, attended. The nominating committee held 1 meeting in 2008, which both members, Messrs. Austin and Yan, attended.

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Sterling Du has been serving as the Chairman of the Board and as our chief executive officer since March 1997. After considering the relevant principle of Code Provision A.2.1 of the Code and examining our management structure, the Board is of the opinion that Board decisions are collective decisions of all Directors made by way of voting and not decisions of the Chairman of the Board alone. Throughout the year under review, each Board meeting was attended by not less than two-thirds of the Directors. Further, there is a clear division of the responsibilities between the management of the Board and the day-to-day management of our business, which relies on the support of the senior management. As such, the management power of our Company is not concentrated in any one individual.

 

- 32 -


In addition, as six of the nine members of the Board are Non-executive Directors, the role of the Chairman of the Board, who is also the chief executive officer, is important as he can maintain a close communication channel between the Board and the day-to-day management.

Board composition

The Board currently comprises nine Directors, of whom three are executive Directors and six are independent non-executive Directors. Each member of the Board has different professional abilities and backgrounds and is well-experienced in their respective fields. There are no financial, business, family or other material relationships among our Board members.

We post the latest list of Directors and biographical information on each Director on our website at www.o2micro.com .

Appointments, re-election and removal

The Board has established procedures addressing the nominating process, identification and evaluation of candidates for Directors and for the appointment of new Directors. The independent non-executive Directors perform the functions of a nominating committee to suggest and screen candidates for the position of Director. In considering candidates for Director, the independent non-executive Directors will review individuals from various disciplines and backgrounds. Qualifications to be considered include broad experience in business, finance or administration; familiarity with national or international business matters; familiarity with our industry or prominence and reputation. The nominating committee was established. The nominating committee assists the Board in selecting nominees for election to the Board and makes recommendations to the Board from time to time, or whenever it shall be called upon to do so, regarding nominees for the Board. The nominating committee is currently comprised of two of the Company’s Directors, Michael Austin and Xiaolang Yan.

In accordance with our Articles of Association, we have divided our Board into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class consisting of an equal number of Directors or as nearly equal in number as the then total number of Directors permits. The Directors of each class have been elected for terms of three years ending in consecutive years. At each annual general meeting, successors to the class of Directors whose terms expire at that annual general meeting shall be elected for new three year terms.

Our Articles of Association allow for shareholders, by special resolution, to remove any Director before the expiration of his or her term of office notwithstanding anything in the Articles or in any agreement with the Directors (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement). Further, our Directors have the power at any time to appoint any person to become a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an addition to the existing Directors, except that the total number of Directors may not exceed the number fixed in accordance with our Articles. We have currently set the number of Directors at not less than five or more than nine persons, but a majority of our shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, increase or reduce the limits on the number of Directors.

Responsibilities of Directors

Each Director has received such briefing and professional development as necessary to ensure that he has a proper understanding of our operations and business and that he is fully aware of his responsibilities under statute and common law, the Listing Rules, applicable legal requirements and other regulatory requirements and our business and governance policies.

Model Code for Securities Transactions

We have adopted the Model Code for Securities Transactions by Directors of Listed Issuers (the “Model Code”) as set out in Appendix 10 to the Listing Rules.

 

- 33 -


Specific enquiry has been made of the Directors, who have confirmed that they have complied with the Model Code throughout the year ended December 31, 2008, save that Mr. James Elvin Keim by oversight acquired ADSs in August 2008 during the blackout period preceding the announcement of the Company’s 2008 interim results. (The Company had previously announced the same information in the form of its results for the second quarter of 2008, so the information would not be considered non-public information for the purposes of the insider trading rules under Hong Kong or US securities laws. Mr. Keim had obtained pre- clearance for the acquisition from the Company’s compliance officer The Company has reminded the Directors of the need to comply with the Model Code as well as the US requirements).”

Supply of and access to information

In respect of regular board meetings, and so far as practicable in all other cases, our policy prior to listing on the SEHK on March 2, 2006 was to provide at least four days notice prior to a meeting. Following our listing on the SEHK on March 2, 2006, in respect of regular board meetings, our policy is to provide at least fourteen days notice prior to such a meeting and to provide at least four days notice for other meetings. As far as practicable, an agenda and accompanying board papers are delivered in full to all directors at least three days before the intended date of a board meeting.

We supply the Board and its committees with adequate information in a timely manner to enable it to make informed decisions.

Remuneration of Directors and Senior Management

The level and make-up of remuneration and disclosure

We have established a compensation committee, comprising Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin and Michael Austin. The Chairman of the compensation committee is Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin.

The responsibilities of the compensation committee include, among other things:

 

  (i) annually reviewing and approving our goals and objectives relating to, and evaluating the performance of and determining and approving the compensation to be paid to the chief executive officer including long-term incentive compensation;

 

  (ii) annually reviewing and making recommendation to the Board with respect to compensation for executive officers other than the chief executive officer;

 

  (iii) administering and periodically reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding the long-term incentive compensation or equity plans made available to the employees and consultants; and

 

  (iv) reviewing and making recommendations to the Board regarding executive compensation philosophy (including determining the compensation of our executive officers), strategy and principles and reviewing new and existing employment, consulting, retirement and severance agreements proposed for our executive officers in view of our corporate performance and goals.

The compensation committee takes several factors into consideration when deciding on the compensation of our executive officers. Such factors include (a) the market median relative to a group of peer companies, (b) the performance of our Company, and (c) the work done by each executive officer.

The compensation committee held 2 meetings in 2008 at which it, among other things, approved grants of stock options to executive officers of the Company.

 

- 34 -


Accountability and Audit

Financial Reporting

In accordance with the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the requirements of the Nasdaq National Market, in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities, the audit committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the preparation of financial statements of each financial period, while our management has the primary responsibility for our financial statements and the reporting process, including the system of internal controls.

Internal controls

We have implemented a system of internal controls to provide reasonable assurance that our assets are safeguarded, proper accounting records are maintained, appropriate legislation and regulations are complied with, reliable financial information is provided for management and publication purposes and that investment and business risks affecting us are identified and managed.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, beginning with our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2007, we are required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. Such a report will contain, among other matters, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of our fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not our internal control over financial reporting is effective. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by management. In addition, to achieve compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we have engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal controls over financial reporting. We performed the system and process documentation and evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, which are both costly and challenging.

In 2007 and 2008, we devoted significant resources to improve our internal controls, including appointing Grant Thornton LLP as a consultant to help review our existing stock option plans and employee stock purchase plan, appointing Resource Global professionals as consultants to help perform a portion of our internal audit and provide advice. In addition, in order to enhance our accounting personnel resources and technical accounting expertise, we had recruited personnel with specific experience in handling US reporting issues and monitoring US GAAP and SEC updates regularly.

Audit Committee

We have established an audit committee, comprising Keisuke Yawata, Teik Seng Tan and Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin. The Chairman of the audit committee is Keisuke Yawata.

The audit committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for overseeing the preparation of financial statements of each financial period, while our management has the primary responsibility for our financial statements and the reporting process, including the system of internal controls.

The other responsibilities of the audit committee include, among other things:

 

  (i) appointing, evaluating, compensating and overseeing the work of our independent auditor, including reviewing the experience, qualifications and performance of the senior members of the independent audit team and pre-approving all non-audit services to be provided by the independent auditor;

 

  (ii) reviewing the annual and interim financial statements, earnings releases, critical accounting policies and practices used to prepare financial statements, alternative treatments of financial information and other material written communications between the independent auditors and management, and any deficiency in, or suggested improvement to, the procedures or practices employed by us as reported by the independent auditors in their annual management letter;

 

- 35 -


  (iii) reviewing and overseeing the independence of the independent auditors, including a review of management consulting services and related fees, and obtaining a formal statement delineating all relationships between us and the independent auditors;

 

  (iv) providing oversight and review of our asset management policies;

 

  (v) reviewing any significant changes required in the independent auditors’ audit plan or auditing and accounting principles; any difficulties during the course of the audit, the effect or potential effect of any regulatory regime, accounting initiatives or off-balance sheet structures on our financial statements; and any other matters related to the conduct of the audit;

 

  (vi) reviewing the planning and staffing of internal audits, the organization, responsibilities, plans, results, budget and staffing of our internal audit team and the quality and effectiveness of our internal controls;

 

  (vii) establishing procedures for the treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, potential violations of law and questionable accounting or auditing matters; and

 

  (viii) overseeing compliance with the requirements of the US Securities and Exchange Commission, the rules and regulations of the Nasdaq for disclosure of independent auditor’s services and audit committee members and activities and with other specified laws and regulations.

Management has the primary responsibility for the financial statements and the reporting process, including the systems of internal controls. In fulfilling its oversight responsibilities, the audit committee reviewed the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008 with management, including a discussion of the quality, not just the acceptability, of the accounting principles, the reasonableness of significant judgments, and the clarity of disclosures in the financial statements.

The audit committee held 7 meetings in 2008 at which it, among other things, reviewed with the independent auditors, who are responsible for expressing an opinion on the conformity of those audited financial statements with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, their judgments as to the quality, not just the acceptability, of our accounting principles and such other matters as are required to be discussed with the audit committee under general accepted auditing standards. In addition, the audit committee has discussed with the independent auditors’ independence from management and our Company.

During 2008, the fees paid to our external auditors amounted to HK$5,631,000, of which HK$200,000 related to non-audit related services.

Delegation by the Board

Management functions

The Board is responsible for formulating and approving our business strategies, objectives, policies and plans. It is also responsible for monitoring the execution of our strategies and overseeing our operating and financial performance.

The Board has delegated to Sterling Du the power to make and sign all agreements and contracts which he may consider necessary or expedient, provided that he cannot without the consent of a committee of the Board, as described below, or the full Board, commit us to a transaction which will or may require us to expend a sum or sums, or incur liabilities exceeding US$1 million (whether as one sum or in aggregate as part of a series of connected or related transactions).

 

- 36 -


The Board has delegated to a committee of the Board, which must consist of three board members, one of whom must be Sterling Du and one of whom must be an independent director, the power, authority and discretions of the Board with respect to (a) matters which do not involve us incurring expenditure or liabilities of more than US$5 million (whether as one sum or in aggregate as part of a series of connected or related transactions); or (b) matters which would otherwise require a resolution of the Board to be properly authorized but owing to the nature of such matters or circumstances (including but not limited to time sensitivity, the possibility of lost opportunity and the preservation of or risk of harm to our business or operations) cannot be delayed so as to be considered by the Board (the question whether a matter or circumstance is such that it may be considered by the Committee being determined by the Committee in its absolute discretion).

Board Committees

The Board has prescribed sufficiently clear terms of reference for the audit committee, the compensation committee, and the nominating committee. Each of the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating committee has adopted charters that describe their purpose, policies, membership, authority and responsibilities. The committees report back to the Board on their decisions or recommendations to the extent required by legal or regulatory requirements.

Communication with Shareholders

Effective Communication

We and the Board highly value the opinions of our shareholders. We communicate with our shareholders through various channels, including publication of financial results, earnings estimates, press releases and announcements of our latest developments on our corporate website.

The annual general meeting also provides an opportunity for shareholders to exchange views with the Board members.

Voting by poll

Upon the implementation of the amendments to the Listing Rules which came into effect on 1 January 2009, all resolutions proposed at shareholders’ meetings will be voted on by poll.

 

- 37 -


O 2 Micro International Limited and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Financial Statements as of

December 31, 2008 and 2007 and

Independent Auditor’s Report

 

- 38 -


INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

LOGO

To the Board of Directors and the Shareholders of O 2 Micro International Limited:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of O 2 Micro International Limited and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008 (expressed in United States dollars). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of O 2 Micro International Limited and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for stock-based compensation in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment.” Effective January 1, 2007, the Company also changed its method of accounting for uncertainties in income taxes in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.”

Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

Certified Public Accountants

Hong Kong

April 21, 2009

 

- 39 -


O 2 MICRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In Thousand US Dollars, Except Per Share Amounts and Share Data)

 

     December 31  
     2008    2007  

ASSETS

     

CURRENT ASSETS

     

Cash and cash equivalents (notes 3 and 4)

   $ 31,844    $ 52,597  

Restricted cash

     1,153      6,830  

Short-term investments (notes 3 and 5)

     72,344      28,650  

Accounts receivable, net (note 6)

     10,578      24,600  

Inventories (note 7)

     16,388      22,127  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets (note 8)

     2,314      7,476  
               

Total current assets

     134,621      142,280  
               

LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS (notes 3 and 9)

     13,199      26,715  
               

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET (note 10)

     34,353      43,148  
               

RESTRICTED ASSETS

     1,411      12,393  
               

INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET (note 11)

     4,929      —    
               

OTHER ASSETS (note 12)

     4,760      3,876  
               

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 193,273    $ 228,412  
               

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES

     

Notes and accounts payable (note 13)

   $ 4,120    $ 10,841  

Income tax payable

     226      1,065  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (note 14)

     8,269      11,597  
               

Total current liabilities

     12,615      23,503  
               

OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

     

Accrued pension liabilities (note 18)

     553      520  

FIN 48 tax liabilities (note 15)

     302      210  

Other liabilities

     23      —    
               

Total long-term liabilities

     878      730  
               

Total liabilities

     13,493      24,233  
               

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (notes 21 and 22)

     

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

Preference shares at $0.00002 par value per share; Authorized — 250,000,000 shares;

     —        —    

Ordinary shares at $0.00002 par value per share; Authorized — 4,750,000,000 shares; Issued and outstanding — 1,832,788,400 and 1,911,868,150 shares as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively

     37      38  

Additional paid-in capital

     141,784      144,944  

Retained earnings

     36,746      56,847  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     1,213      3,646  

Treasury stock — nil and 5,000,000 shares as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively

     —        (1,296 )
               

Total shareholders’ equity

     179,780      204,179  
               

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 193,273    $ 228,412  
               

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

- 40 -


O 2 MICRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(In Thousand US Dollars, Except Per Share Amounts and Share Data)

 

     Years Ended December 31  
     2008     2007     2006  

NET SALES

   $ 138,825     $ 165,540     $ 124,915  

COST OF SALES

     58,110       71,099       56,772  
                        

GROSS PROFIT

     80,715       94,441       68,143  
                        

OPERATING EXPENSES (INCOME)

      

Research and development (a)

     37,424       34,624       31,751  

Selling, general and administrative (a)

     39,003       45,560       40,171  

Goodwill impairment

     2,782       —         —    

Write-off of prepayment to foundry services

     2,942       —         —    

Litigation income

     (2,000 )     (9,364 )     —    

Stock Exchange of Hong Kong listing expenses

     —         —         786  
                        

Total operating expenses

     80,151       70,820       72,708  
                        

INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS

     564       23,621       (4,565 )
                        

NON-OPERATING INCOME (EXPENSES)

      

Interest income

     2,328       3,262       3,627  

Impairment loss on long-term investments (note 9)

     (14,146 )     —         (756 )

Foreign exchange loss, net

     (412 )     (548 )     (261 )

Other, net

     97       105       248  
                        

Total non-operating income (expenses)

     (12,133 )     2,819       2,858  
                        

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX

     (11,569 )     26,440       (1,707 )

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT) (note 15)

     2,240       1,456       (2,450 )
                        

NET INCOME (LOSS) (note 16)

     (13,809 )     24,984       743  
                        

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     1,466       1,667       695  

Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities

     (3,776 )     2,702       (205 )

Unrealized pension loss

     (123 )     (95 )     —    
                        

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     (2,433 )     4,274       490  
                        

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

   $ (16,242 )   $ 29,258     $ 1,233  
                        

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE (note 20)

      

Basic

   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.01     $ —    
                        

Diluted

     NA     $ 0.01     $ —    
                        

NUMBER OF SHARES USED IN EARNINGS PER SHARE CALCULATION:

      

Basic (in thousands)

     1,862,831       1,905,725       1,932,575  
                        

Diluted (in thousands)

     1,869,218       1,943,785       1,946,896  
                        
(a) INCLUDES STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION CHARGE AS FOLLOWS:       

Research and development

   $ 1,067     $ 1,058     $ 1,181  

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 1,621     $ 1,408     $ 1,408  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

- 41 -


O 2 MICRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(In Thousand US Dollars, Except Share Data)

 

    Ordinary Shares                 Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
                   
    Shares     Amount     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Unrealized
Investment
Gain (Loss)
    Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment
    Unrealized
Pension
Loss
    Total     Treasury
Stock
    Shareholders’
Equity
 

BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2006

  1,967,824,350     $ 39     $ 141,532     $ 38,739     $ (924 )   $ (194 )   $ —       $ (1,118 )   $ (3,296 )   $ 175,896  

Issuance of:

                   

Shares for exercise of stock options

  5,643,000       —         354       —         —         —         —         —         —         354  

Shares for 1999 Purchase Plan

  6,980,050       —         985       —         —         —         —         —         —         985  

Acquisition of treasury stock—58,447,450 shares

  —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (7,550 )     (7,550 )

Retirement of treasury stock

  (73,477,450 )     (1 )     (5,240 )     (5,605 )     —         —         —         —         10,846       —    

Options granted to nonemployees

  —         —         4       —         —         —         —         —         —         4  

Stock-based compensation

  —         —         2,589       —         —         —         —         —         —         2,589  

Net income for 2006

  —         —         —         743       —         —         —         —         —         743  

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —         —         —         —         —         695       —         695       —         695  

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

  —         —         —         —         (205 )     —         —         (205 )     —         (205 )
                                                                             

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2006

  1,906,969,950       38       140,224       33,877       (1,129 )     501       —         (628 )     —         173,511  

Issuance of:

                   

Shares for exercise of stock options

  13,564,800       —         2,565       —         —         —         —         —         —         2,565  

Shares for 1999 Purchase Plan

  5,060,300       —         809       —         —         —         —         —         —         809  

Shares vested under restricted share units

  1,922,100       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Acquisition of treasury stock—20,649,000 shares

  —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (4,330 )     (4,330 )

Retirement of treasury stock

  (15,649,000 )     —         (1,120 )     (1,914 )     —         —         —         —         3,034       —    

Stock-based compensation

  —         —         2,466       —         —         —         —         —         —         2,466  

Cumulative effect of adopting FIN 48

  —         —         —         (100 )     —         —         —         —         —         (100 )

Net income for 2007

  —         —         —         24,984       —         —         —         —         —         24,984  

Pension loss

  —         —         —         —         —         —         (95 )     (95 )     —         (95 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —         —         —         —         —         1,667       —         1,667       —         1,667  

Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities

  —         —         —         —         2,702       —         —         2,702       —         2,702  
                                                                             

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2007

  1,911,868,150       38       144,944       56,847       1,573       2,168       (95 )     3,646       (1,296 )     204,179  

Issuance of:

                   

Shares for exercise of stock options

  712,500       1       64       —         —         —         —         —         —         65  

Shares for 1999 Purchase Plan

  9,301,700       —         869       —         —         —         —         —         —         869  

Shares vested under restricted share units

  3,914,700       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Acquisition of treasury stock—88,008,650 shares

  —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (11,779 )     (11,779 )

Retirement of treasury stock

  (93,008,650 )     (2 )     (6,781 )     (6,292 )     —         —         —         —         13,075       —    

Stock-based compensation

  —         —         2,688       —         —         —         —         —         —         2,688  

Net loss for 2008

  —         —         —         (13,809 )     —         —         —         —         —         (13,809 )

Pension loss

  —         —         —         —         —         —         (123 )     (123 )     —         (123 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —         —         —         —         —         1,466       —         1,466       —         1,466  

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

  —         —         —         —         (3,776 )     —         —         (3,776 )     —         (3,776 )
                                                                             

BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 2008

  1,832,788,400     $ 37     $ 141,784     $ 36,746     $ (2,203 )   $ 3,634     $ (218 )   $ 1,213     $ —       $ 179,780  
                                                                             

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

- 42 -


O 2 MICRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In Thousand US Dollars)

 

     Years Ended December 31  
     2008     2007     2006  

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

      

Net income (loss)

   $ (13,809 )   $ 24,984     $ 743  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     6,876       6,927       4,947  

Amortization of stock options granted for services

     48       98       239  

Stock-based compensation

     2,688       2,466       2,589  

Gain on sale of short-term investments

     (1 )     —         (24 )

Gain on sale of long-term investments

     —         (20 )     —    

Loss on disposal of a subsidiary

     10       —         —    

Impairment loss on long-term investments

     14,146       —         756  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     56       18       76  

Goodwill impairment

     2,782       —         —    

Deferred income taxes

     46       (194 )     (845 )

Reversal of income tax payable

     —         —         (2,513 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable, net

     13,605       (5,613 )     (7,527 )

Inventories

     5,720       (8,164 )     1,867  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     4,981       (66 )     (819 )

Prepayment for testing service

     (1,316 )     —         —    

Notes and accounts payable

     (6,716 )     990       4,091  

Income tax payable

     (893 )     191       (403 )

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     (2,463 )     (195 )     11  

Accrued pension liabilities

     (88 )     (32 )     90  

FIN 48 tax liabilities

     92       (7 )     —    
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     25,764       21,383       3,278  
                        

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

      

Long-term notes receivable from employees

     —         8       402  

Acquisition of:

      

Short-term investments

     (99,263 )     (75,499 )     (98,755 )

Long-term investments

     (5,700 )     —         (8,073 )

Property and equipment

     (2,408 )     (8,123 )     (23,367 )

Intangible assets

     (293 )     —         —    

Cash paid in acquisition

     (6,500 )     —         —    

(Increase) decrease in:

      

Restricted assets

     10,877       2,207       383  

Restricted cash

     5,723       1,532       (2,699 )

Other assets

     (665 )     (1,057 )     (496 )

Increase in other liabilities

     23       —         —    

Proceeds from:

      

Sale of short-term investments

     55,849       66,604       134,297  

Sale of long-term investments

     —         60       —    

Disposal of a subsidiary-net of cash disposed

     6,181       —         —    

Disposal of property and equipment

     51       —         4  
                        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (36,125 )     (14,268 )     1,696  
                        

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

      

Acquisition of treasury stock

     (11,779 )     (4,330 )     (7,550 )

Proceeds from:

      

Exercise of stock options

     65       2,565       354  

Issuance of ordinary shares under 1999 Purchase Plan

     869       809       985  
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (10,845 )     (956 )     (6,211 )
                        

(Continued)

 

- 43 -


     Years Ended December 31  
     2008     2007    2006  

EFFECTS OF CHANGES IN FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE

   $ 453     $ 1,000    $ 300  
                       

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (20,753 )     7,159      (937 )

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF THE YEAR

     52,597       45,438      46,375  
                       

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF THE YEAR

   $ 31,844     $ 52,597    $ 45,438  
                       

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOWS

       

Cash paid for interest

   $ —       $ —      $ —    
                       

Cash paid for tax

   $ 2,871     $ 1,528    $ 1,311  
                       

NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       

Increase in payable for acquisition of equipment

   $ 16     $ —      $ —    
                       

Restricted assets reclassified to short-term investments

   $ 317     $ —      $ 307  
                       

Long-term investment in exchange for acquisition

   $ 1,305     $ —      $ —    
                       

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

(Concluded)

 

- 44 -


O 2 MICRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Expressed in United States Dollars Unless Otherwise Noted)

 

1. GENERAL

Business

O 2 Micro, Inc. was incorporated in the state of California in the United States of America on March 29, 1995 to design, develop, and market high performance semiconductor components for power management and security applications. In March 1997, O 2  Micro International Limited (the “Company”) was formed in the Cayman Islands and all authorized and outstanding common stock, preferred stock, and stock options of O 2 Micro, Inc. were exchanged for the Company’s ordinary shares, preference shares, and stock options with identical rights and preferences. O 2 Micro, Inc. became the Company’s subsidiary after the share exchange.

The Company has incorporated various wholly-owned subsidiaries, including (among others) O 2 Micro Electronics, Inc. (“O 2  Micro-Taiwan”), O 2 Micro International Japan Ltd. (“O 2 Micro-Japan”), O 2 Micro Pte Limited-Singapore (“O 2 Micro-Singapore”), and O 2 Micro (China) Co., Ltd. (“O 2 Micro-China”). O 2 Micro-Taiwan is engaged in operations and sales support services. O 2 Micro-Japan is engaged in sales support services. O 2 Micro-Singapore, O 2 Micro-China, and other subsidiaries are mostly engaged in research and development services. To assure its testing capacity and flexibility, the Company also established a subsidiary, OceanOne Semiconductor (Ningbo) Limited (“OceanOne”) in Ningbo of the People’s Republic of China (“China”) in August 2005. OceanOne is engaged in semiconductor testing service and has commenced its operations in January 2007. In June, 2008, the Company entered into a share transfer agreement with Sigurd Microelectronics (Cayman) Co., Ltd. (“Sigurd Cayman”) to dispose of 100% ownership of OceanOne for $6,700,000. The share transfer was subsequently completed on July 2, 2008.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts and disclosures. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation, useful lives for property and equipment, impairment on long-lived assets, identified intangible assets, and goodwill, allowances for sales adjustments, other liabilities, contingencies and stock-based compensation.

 

- 45 -


Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments and accounts receivable. Cash is deposited with high credit quality financial institutions. For cash equivalents and short-term investments, the Company invests in time deposits and debt securities with credit rating of A and better. For accounts receivable, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and the Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon a review of the expected collectibility of individual accounts.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, and notes and accounts payable. The carrying amounts approximate the fair value due to the short-term maturity of those instruments. Fair value of available-for-sale investments including short-term investments and long-term investments is based on quoted market prices. Long-term investments in private company equity securities are accounted for under the cost method because the Company does not exercise significant influence over the entities. The Company evaluates related information including operating performance, subsequent rounds of financing, advanced product development and related business plan in determining the fair value of these investments and whether an other-than-temporary decline in value exists. Fair value of restricted assets, which are composed of government bonds, negotiable certificates of deposit and cash, is estimated based on the combination of fair value of each component.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of not more than three months when purchased to be cash equivalents. Investments with maturities of more than three months are classified as short-term investments.

Restricted Assets/Cash

The Company classifies deposits made for customs and cash pledged to a bank for the issuance of letters of credit as restricted cash. The deposits are classified as current assets if refundable within a twelve-month period from the balance sheet date. Restricted assets consist of deposits made for Taiwan court cases in the form of Taiwan Government bonds, negotiable certificates of deposit and cash (note 22). Restricted assets can be released only upon the resolution of the related litigation.

Short-term Investments

The Company maintains its excess cash in time deposits, US treasury bills, government, and corporate bonds issued with high ratings. The specific identification method is used to determine the cost of securities sold, with realized gains and losses reflected in non-operating income and expenses. As of December 31, 2008, all the above-mentioned investments were classified as available-for- sale securities and were recorded at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on these investments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income and loss as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of any related tax effect, unless unrealized losses are deemed other-than- temporary. Unrealized losses are recorded as a charge to income when deemed other-than-temporary.

Investment transactions are recorded on the trade date.

 

- 46 -


Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of standard cost or market value. The cost of inventories comprises cost of purchasing raw materials and where applicable, those overheads that have been incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. Cost is determined on a currently adjusted standard basis, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis. The Company assesses its inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory based upon management’s assumptions about future demand and market conditions and writes down inventory as needed.

Long-term Investments

Long-term investments in private companies over which the Company does not exercise significant influence are accounted for under the cost method. Management evaluates related information, in determining the fair value of these investments and whether an other-than-temporary decline in value exists. Factors indicative of an other-than-temporary decline include recurring operating losses, credit defaults and subsequent rounds of financing at an amount below the cost basis of the investment. The list is not all-inclusive and management periodically weighs all quantitative and qualitative factors in determining if any impairment loss exists.

Long-term investments in listed companies are classified as available-for-sale securities and are recorded at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on these investments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income and loss as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of any related tax effect, unless unrealized losses are deemed other-than-temporary. Unrealized losses are recorded as a charge to income when deemed other-than-temporary.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Major additions and betterments are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over estimated service lives that range as follows: buildings — 35 to 49.7 years, equipment — 3 to 10 years, furniture and fixtures — 3 to 9 years, leasehold improvements — the shorter of the estimated useful life or the lease term, which is 2 to 6 years, and transportation equipment — 5 years.

Long-lived Asset Impairment

The Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. The carrying value of a long-lived asset is considered impaired when the anticipated undiscounted cash flows from the asset is separately identifiable and is less than the carrying value. If impairment occurs, a loss based on the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the long-lived asset is recognized. Fair value is determined by reference to quoted market prices, if available, or discounted cash flows, as appropriate.

 

- 47 -


Goodwill

The Company records goodwill when the purchase price of an acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired. The Company performs an annual impairment review for each reporting unit using a fair value approach. Reporting units may be operating segments as a whole or an operation one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component. Goodwill impairment is tested using a two-step approach. The first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired and the second step is not required. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the second step of the impairment test measures the amount of the impairment loss, if any, by comparing the implied fair value of goodwill to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, an impairment loss is recognized equal to that excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated in the same manner that goodwill is calculated in a business combination, whereby the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, with the excess purchases price over the amounts assigned to assets and liabilities. Estimating fair value is performed by utilizing various valuation approaches, such as income approach or market approach.

Identified Intangible Assets

Intellectual property assets primarily represent customer relationship, tradename, and developed technologies acquired, and are recorded based on a purchase price allocation analysis on the fair value of the assets acquired. The Company amortizes acquired intangible assets using straight-line method over the estimated life ranging from 3 to 10 years.

The intangible assets, subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever circumstances indicate that the useful life is shorter than the Company had originally estimated or that the carrying amount of assets may not be recoverable. If such facts and circumstances exist, the Company assesses the recoverability of identified intangible assets by comparing the projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their remaining lives against their respective carrying amounts. Impairments, if any, are based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of those assets.

Treasury Stock

The Company retires ordinary shares repurchased under a share repurchase plan. Accordingly, upon retirement the excess of the purchase price over par value is allocated between additional paid- in capital and retained earnings based on the average issuance price of the shares repurchased. A repurchase of American depositary share (“ADS”) is recorded as treasury stock until the Company completes the withdrawal of the underlying ordinary shares from the ADS program.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue from product sales to customers, other than distributors, is recognized at the time of shipment and when title and right of ownership transfers to customers. The four criteria for revenue being realized and earned are the existence of evidence of sale, actual shipment, fixed or determinable selling price, and reasonable assurance of collectibility.

Allowances for sales returns and discounts are provided at the time of the recognition of the related revenues on the basis of experience and these provisions are deducted from sales.

In certain limited instances, the Company sells its products through distributors. The Company has limited control over these distributors’ selling of products to third parties. Accordingly, the Company recognizes revenue on sales to distributors when the distributors sell the Company’s products to third parties. Thus, products held by distributors are included in the Company’s inventory balance.

 

- 48 -


Research and Development

Research and development costs consist of expenditures incurred during the course of planned research and investigation aimed at the discovery of new knowledge that will be useful in developing new products or processes, or at significantly enhancing existing products or production processes as well as expenditures incurred for the design and testing of product alternatives or construction of prototypes. All expenditures related to research and development activities of the Company are charged to operating expenses when incurred.

Advertising Expenses

The Company expenses all advertising and promotional costs as incurred. These costs were approximately $2,127,000 in 2008, $3,892,000 in 2007, and $3,200,000 in 2006, respectively. A portion of these costs was for advertising, which approximately amounted to $549,000 in 2008, $229,000 in 2007, and $535,000 in 2006, respectively.

Pension Costs

For employees under defined contribution pension plans, pension costs are recorded based on the actual contributions made to employees’ pension accounts. For employees under defined benefit pension plans, pension costs are recorded based on the actuarial calculation.

Income Tax

Income taxes are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes.” The provision for income tax represents income tax paid and payable for the current year plus the changes in the deferred income tax assets and liabilities during the relevant years. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amount of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. The Company believes that uncertainty exists regarding the realizability of certain deferred income tax assets and, accordingly, has established a valuation allowance for those deferred income tax assets to the extent the realizability is not deemed to be more likely than not. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates. In addition, the Company recognizes liabilities for potential income tax contingencies based on its estimate of whether, and the extent to which, additional taxes may be due. If the Company determines that payment of these amounts is unnecessary or if the recorded tax liability is less than its current assessment, the Company may be required to recognize an income tax benefit or additional income tax expense in its financial statements, accordingly.

Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”). The interpretation contains a two step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions accounted for in accordance with SFAS No.109. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company grants stock options to its employees and certain non-employees and accounts for stock- based compensation in accordance with SFAS No.123(R),”Share-Based Payment,” which requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service periods. The Company has estimated the fair value of stock options as of the date of grant and assumptions using the Black-Scholes option pricing model.

 

- 49 -


Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective application method. Under this transition method, compensation cost recognized for the years beginning after December 31, 2005, includes the applicable amounts of: (a) compensation cost of all stock-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of, December 31, 2005 (based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of SFAS No. 123 and previously presented in pro forma footnote disclosures), and (b) compensation cost for all stock-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2006 (based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the new provisions of SFAS No. 123(R)). Results for periods prior to January 1, 2006, have not been restated.

As a result of adopting SFAS No. 123(R) on January 1, 2006, the Company recorded stock-based compensation of $2,589,000 to loss before income tax and net income for the year ended December 31, 2006, and resulted in a decrease of $0.0013 both to basic and diluted earnings per share. Total stock-based compensation includes the impact of stock options, restricted share units grants and the employee stock purchase plan. The Company’s policy for attributing the value of graded vest share- based payments is a straight-line approach.

Foreign Currency Transactions

The functional currency is the local currency of the respective entities. Foreign currency transactions are recorded at the rate of exchange in effect when the transaction occurs. Gains or losses, resulting from the application of different foreign exchange rates when cash in foreign currency is converted into the entities’ functional currency, or when foreign currency receivable and payable are settled, are credited or charged to income in the period of conversion or settlement. At year-end, the balances of foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are recorded based on prevailing exchange rates and any resulting gains or losses are credited or charged to income.

Translation of Foreign Currency Financial Statements

The reporting currency of the Company is the US dollar. Accordingly, the financial statements of the foreign subsidiaries are translated into US dollars at the following exchange rates: assets and liabilities — current rate on balance sheet date; shareholders’ equity — historical rate; income and expenses — weighted average rate during the year. The resulting translation adjustment is recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income represents net income plus the results of certain changes in shareholders’ equity during a period from non-owner sources that are not reflected in the consolidated statement of income.

Legal Contingencies

The Company is currently involved in various claims and legal proceedings. Periodically, the Company reviews the status of each significant matter and assesses the potential financial exposure. If the potential loss from any claim or legal proceeding is considered probable and the amount can be estimated, the Company accrues a liability for the estimated loss. In view of uncertainties related to these matters, accruals are based only on the best information available at the time. As additional information becomes available, the Company reassesses the potential liability related to the pending claims and litigation and revises these estimates as appropriate. Such revisions in the estimates of the potential liabilities could have a material impact on the results of operations and financial position.

 

- 50 -


The Company indemnifies third parties with whom it enters into contractual relationships, including customers; however, it is not possible to determine the range of the amount of potential liability under these indemnification obligations due to the lack of prior indemnification claims. These indemnities typically hold these third parties harmless against specified losses, such as those arising from a breach of representation or covenant, or other third party claims that the Company’s products when used for their intended purposes infringe the intellectual property rights of such other third parties. The indemnities are triggered by any claim of infringement of intellectual property rights brought by a third party with respect to the Company’s products. The terms of these indemnities may not be waived or amended except by written notice signed by both parties and may only be terminated with respect to the Company’s products.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.” SFAS No. 159 expands the use of fair value accounting but does not affect existing standards, which require financial assets and financial liabilities, on an instrument- by-instrument basis. If the fair value option is elected, unrealized gains and losses on existing items for which fair value has been elected are reported as a cumulative adjustment to beginning retained earnings. Subsequent to the adoption of SFAS No. 159, changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 159, but the Company has not elected the fair value option under SFAS No. 159 to measure its financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141(R)”). Under SFAS No. 141(R), an entity is required to recognize the assets acquired, liabilities assumed, contractual contingencies, and contingent consideration at their fair value on the acquisition date. It further requires that acquisition-related costs be recognized separately from the acquisition and expensed as incurred, restructuring costs generally be expensed in periods subsequent to the acquisition date, and changes in accounting for deferred income tax asset valuation allowances and acquired income tax uncertainties after the measurement period impact income tax expense. In addition, acquired in-process research and development (“IPR&D”) is capitalized as an intangible asset and amortized over its estimated useful life. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective on a prospective basis for business combinations with an acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) will change the Company’s accounting treatment for business combination on a prospective basis beginning in fiscal year of 2009.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements — an amendment of ARB No. 51” (“SFAS No.160”). SFAS No. 160 changes the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as non-controlling interests and classified as a component of equity. SFAS No. 160 is effective on a prospective basis for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. As of December 31, 2008, the Company did not have any minority interests. The adoption of SFAS No. 160 will not impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” which delayed the effective date of SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” for all non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually), until the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal year 2009. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities that are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis is not expected to have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

- 51 -


In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP FAS 132(R)-1, “Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets” (“FSP 132(R)-1”). FSP 132(R)-1 requires additional disclosures for plan assets of defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. The required disclosures include a description of the Company’s investment policies and strategies, the fair value of each major category of plan assets, the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets, the effect of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs on changes in plan assets, and the significant concentrations of risk within plan assets. FSP 132(R)-1 does not change the accounting treatment for postretirement benefits plans and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2009. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this guidance on its financial statements.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts reported in previous years have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

 

3. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company adopted SFAS No. 157 on January 1, 2008. SFAS No. 157, among other things, defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or nonrecurring basis. SFAS No. 157 clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, SFAS No. 157 establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1 — Observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets;

Level 2 — Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly;

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2008 were as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)
     Level 1    Level 2    Level 3    Total

Items measured at fair value on a recurring basis

           

Cash and cash equivalents

           

Money market funds

   $ 221    $ —      $ —      $ 221

Corporate bonds

     4,000      —        —        4,000

Short-term investments

           

Government bonds

     —        305      —        305

Corporate bonds

     6,026      —        —        6,026

Long-term investments

           

Available-for-sale securities

     1,446      —        —        1,446
                           

Total

   $ 11,693    $ 305    $ —      $ 11,998
                           

 

- 52 -


4. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31
     2008    2007

Time deposits

   $ 2,627    $ 30,378

Savings and checking accounts

     24,975      22,203

Money market funds and corporate bonds

     4,221      —  

Petty cash

     21      16
             
   $ 31,844    $ 52,597
             

 

5. SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31
     2008    2007

Time deposits

   $ 66,013    $ 28,650

Available-for-sale securities

     

Government bonds

     305      —  

Corporate bonds

     6,026      —  
             
     6,331      —  
             
   $ 72,344    $ 28,650
             

Short-term investments by contractual maturity were as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31
     2008    2007

Due within one year

   $ 72,324    $ 28,650

Due after two years

     20      —  
             
   $ 72,344    $ 28,650
             

The Company’s gross realized gains and losses on the sale of investments for the year ended December 31, 2008 were $1,000 and $0, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2007 were both $0, and for the year ended December 31, 2006 were $26,000 and $2,000, respectively. Gross unrealized gains and losses at December 31, 2008 were $10,000 and $21,000, respectively, and at December 31, 2007 were both $0.

 

- 53 -


The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investments with unrealized losses that were not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2008 (nil at December 31, 2007).

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31, 2008
Less Than 12 Months
     Fair
Value
   Unrealized
Losses

Corporate bonds

   $ 2,027    $ 21

Investment in China Resources Microelectronics Limited (“CR Micro”) (Note 9)

     983      1,735

Investment in Etrend Hightech Corporation (“Etrend”) (Note 9)

     463      457
             
     1,446      2,192
             
   $ 3,473    $ 2,213
             

 

6. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

 

     (In Thousands)  
     December 31  
     2008     2007  

Accounts receivable

   $ 11,144     $ 25,585  

Allowances for

    

Doubtful accounts

     (283 )     (88 )

Sales returns and discounts

     (283 )     (897 )
                
   $ 10,578     $ 24,600  
                

The Company allows an average credit period from 40 to 60 days to its trade customers. The following is an aging analysis of accounts receivables net of impairment losses at the respective balance sheet dates:

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31
     2008    2007

0 to 30 days

   $ 8,669    $ 21,163

31 to 60 days

     1,720      2,936

61 to 90 days

     118      399

91 to 120 days

     26      42

Over 120 days

     45      60
             
   $ 10,578    $ 24,600
             

 

- 54 -


The changes in the allowances are summarized as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)  
     December 31  
     2008     2007  

Allowances for doubtful accounts

    

Balance, beginning of the year

   $ 88     $ 7  

Additions

     195       81  

Reversal and write-off

     —         —    
                

Balance, end of the year

   $ 283     $ 88  
                

Allowances for sales returns and discounts

    

Balance, beginning of the year

   $ 897     $ 316  

Additions

     534       1,836  

Write-off

     (1,148 )     (1,255 )
                

Balance, end of the year

   $ 283     $ 897  
                

 

7. INVENTORIES

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31
     2008    2007

Finished goods

   $ 9,612    $ 7,814

Work-in-process

     1,247      5,434

Raw materials

     5,529      8,879
             
   $ 16,388    $ 22,127
             

 

8. PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31
     2008    2007

Prepayment to foundry providers

   $ —      $ 2,680

Interest receivable

     621      2,445

Prepaid expenses

     957      1,514

Other receivable

     235      311

Deferred income tax assets

     86      45

Value-added-tax recoverable

     36      32

Other

     379      449
             
   $ 2,314    $ 7,476
             

 

- 55 -


9. LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31
     2008    2007

Cost method — unlisted

     

Sigurd Cayman

   $ 5,700    $ —  

X-FAB Semiconductor Foundries AG (“X-FAB”)

     4,968      4,968

Philip Ventures Enterprise Fund (“PVEF”)

     585      585

GEM Services, Inc. (“GEM”)

     500      500

360 Degree Web Ltd. (“360 Degree Web”) (note 11)

     —        1,305

Asia Sinomos Semiconductor Inc. (“Sinomos”)

     —        13,073
             
     11,753      20,431
             

Available-for-sale securities — noncurrent and listed

     

CR Micro

     983      5,265

Etrend

     463      1,019
             
     1,446      6,284
             
   $ 13,199    $ 26,715
             

In July 2008, the Company invested in preferred shares of Sigurd Cayman for $5,700,000 to become a strategic partner of Sigurd Microelectronics Corporation (“Sigurd”). Upon completion of the transaction, the Company obtained a 19.54% ownership of Sigurd Cayman. The Company accounts for the investment under the cost method as the Company does not exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of Sigurd Cayman and management of Sigurd holds the controlling interests.

The Company invested in X-FAB’s ordinary shares in July 2002. X-FAB is a European-American foundry group that specializes in mixed signal application. As of December 31, 2008, the Company held 530,000 shares at the cost of $4,968,000 (4,982,000 EURO), which represented a 1.60% ownership of X-FAB.

In November 2005, the Company invested in PVEF, a fund management company in Singapore, with investment amount of $585,000 (SG$1,000,000) for 20 units in the placement at SG$50,000 per unit. The Company held 2.77% of the fund as of December 31, 2008.

The Company invested in GEM’s preference shares in August 2002. GEM is a multinational semiconductor assembly and test company. As of December 31, 2008, the Company held 333,334 shares at the value of $500,000, which represented a 0.89% ownership of GEM.

The Company converted its convertible loans in 360 Degree Web to Series B and B2 preference shares of 360 Degree Web in January 2003. 360 Degree Web designs, develops and markets intelligent security software solutions that provide secure computing environment for personal computer mobile devices and the internet. In March 2004, the Company sold 1,000,000 shares of its stock in 360 Degree Web and recognized a gain of $340,000. In January 2005, the Company purchased additional 180,769 Series D preference shares of 360 Degree Web at $1.3 per share. During the first quarter of 2008, the Company entered into an agreement with 360 Degree Web. See Note 11: “Intangible Assets.”

 

- 56 -


In January 2005, the Company invested in ordinary shares of Sinomos, a privately owned foundry company, at a total amount of $5,000,000. In May and December 2006, the Company further invested in preferred shares of $3,288,000 and $4,785,000, respectively. In September 2008, in view of Sinomos’ operating status and recurring financial loss, the Company determined that the decline in fair value of the investment in Sinomos was other-than-temporary and recognized an impairment charge of $13,073,000. Along with the recognition of impairment charge, the Company also wrote-off the outstanding prepayments in relation to Sinomos’ foundry service of $2,942,000. As of December 31, 2008, the Company held 30,101,353 of ordinary and preference shares, representing an 18.41% ownership of Sinomos.

In August 2004, the Company invested in CR Micro’s ordinary shares which are listed on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“SEHK”) at a purchase price of $4,547,000. CR Micro (formerly known as CSMC Technology Corporation) is a semiconductor foundry company. As of December 31, 2008, the Company held 70,200,000 shares, which represented approximately 1.20% ownership of CR Micro. The Company considered the investment to be other-than-temporarily impaired at June 30, 2006 due to the fact that the stock price had been below the cost of HK$0.50 per share for a continuous 12 months and recognized an impairment loss of $756,000 based on the quoted market price of HK$0.42 per share on June 30, 2006. As of December 31, 2008, the Company recognized an unrealized loss of $1,735,000 on investment in CR Micro. On February 23, 2009, CR Micro announced that it is presently considering placing a privatization proposal with a cash offering price of HK$0.30 per share. In respect to this subsequent event, the Company considered this a Type I subsequent event and the investment to be other-than-temporarily impaired. Therefore, the Company recognized an impairment loss of $1,073,000 as of December 31, 2008.

The Company invested in Etrend’s ordinary shares in December 2002, July 2003 and March 2004. Etrend is a wafer probing, packing and testing company. As of December 31, 2008, the Company held an 8.65% ownership of Etrend. In August 2007, Etrend’s shares were listed on the Emerging Stock Gretai Security Market of Taiwan and the Company reclassified the investment in Etrend to available- for-sale securities. As of December 31, 2008, the Company recorded an unrealized loss on investment in Etrend of $457,000.

The Company invested in Silicon Genesis Corporation (“SiGen”) preferred shares in December 2000. SiGen is an advanced nanotechnology company that develops Silicon-on-insulator, stained-silicon products and other engineered multi-layer structures to microelectronics and photonic for advanced electronic and opto-electronic device applications. In 2002 and 2003, the Company reviewed the qualitative factors of the investment, determined that the decline in value was other-than-temporary and the carrying value was decreased to zero. The Company held 23,946 shares of SiGen as of December 31, 2008, representing a 0.06% ownership of SiGen.

 

- 57 -


10. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31
     2008    2007

Cost

     

Freehold Land

   $ 11,299    $ 11,299

Buildings

     8,055      8,055

Equipment

     31,828      38,357

Furniture and fixtures

     1,356      1,476

Leasehold improvements

     3,511      3,723

Transportation equipment

     590      590

Prepayment for property and equipment

     451      878
             
     57,090      64,378
             

Accumulated depreciation

     

Buildings

     674      493

Equipment

     18,299      17,276

Furniture and fixtures

     1,000      998

Leasehold improvements

     2,418      2,235

Transportation equipment

     346      228
             
     22,737      21,230
             
   $ 34,353    $ 43,148
             

Depreciation expense recognized during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 were approximately $5,931,000, $6,580,000, and $4,545,000, respectively.

 

11. INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET

In March 2008, the Company entered into an agreement with 360 Degree Web to acquire certain software products, sales and licensing contracts, registered trademarks, issued patents, patent applications, and proprietary technology in exchange for $6,500,000 and all of the shares of 360 Degree Web held by the Company with a carrying value of $1,305,000. Out of the total consideration paid, twenty percent was held in an escrow account in accordance with the terms of the escrow agreement. As a result of the acquisition, the Company obtained certain core technologies that are essential to the future growth of the Company’s business.

The Company determined that such acquisition meets the criteria of EITF 98-3, “Determining Whether a Nonmonetary Transaction Involves Receipt of Productive Assets or of a Business” and is qualified as a business transfer, and adopted SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.”

The total purchase price was allocated as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)

Developed technologies

   $ 4,706

Customer relationship

     261

Tradename

     56

Goodwill

     2,782
      

Total consideration

   $ 7,805
      

 

- 58 -


The above purchase price allocation was based on an analysis of the fair value of the assets acquired. The fair values assigned to these intangible assets were based on an independent appraisal. The customer relationship and tradename are all amortized over 3 years. The developed technologies are amortized from 8 to 10 years. The goodwill of $2,782,000 was fully assigned to the reporting unit of Integrated Circuit Group. The goodwill was primarily comprised of buyer-specific synergies. Given that the Company’s products already incorporated certain of 360 Degree Web’s technologies, management anticipated achieving higher revenue growth as a result of this acquisition. In addition, the Company also acquired other intangible assets of $293,000 during year ended December 31, 2008.

 

     (In Thousands)
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Net

Developed technologies

   $ 4,706    $ (291 )   $ 4,415

Customer relationship

     261      (51 )     210

Tradename

     56      (11 )     45

Other

     293      (34 )     259
                     
   $ 5,316    $ (387 )   $ 4,929
                     

Amortization expense of the intangible assets acquired was $387,000 for year ended December 31, 2008. The estimated amortization expense of the intangible assets as of December 31, 2008 for the coming five years was as follows:

 

Year

   (In Thousands)

2009

   $ 663

2010

     663

2011

     600

2012

     557

2013

     526
      

Total

   $ 3,009
      

As a result of the global economic crisis and the resulting decline in customer demand in the fourth quarter of 2008, the overall decline in equity values and the resulting deterioration in the Company’s market capitalization made it necessary to review whether there was an indication that goodwill was impaired. The fair value of the reporting unit of Integrated Circuit Group was estimated by an external valuation specialist using the market approach-guideline public company method. The information used in the valuation was obtained through discussions and a review of historical financial statements, prospective financial information, product descriptions and other relevant documents. In addition, external research and data was considered. Upon the completion of the goodwill impairment analysis, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment of $2,782,000 for the quarter ended December 31, 2008.

 

- 59 -


12. OTHER ASSETS

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31
     2008    2007

Land use rights

   $ 1,322    $ 1,350

Deferred charges

     1,386      1,159

Prepayment for testing service

     1,316      —  

Refundable deposits

     449      660

Deferred income tax assets — noncurrent

     287      477

Prepayment for land use rights

     —        230
             
   $ 4,760    $ 3,876
             

All land within municipal zones in China is owned by the government. Limited liability companies, joint stock companies, foreign-invested enterprises, privately held companies and individual natural persons must pay fees for granting of rights to use land within municipal zones. Legal use of land is evidenced and sanctioned by land use certificates issued by the local municipal administration of land resources. Land use rights granted for industrial purposes are limited to a term of no more than 50 years.

Land use rights are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization is provided on a straight-line basis over the term of the land use rights agreement which is 49.7 years.

In view of the expansion of supply chain in China, the Company entered into a testing service agreement with Sigurd Cayman to obtain certain manufacturing and testing services. The total prepayment amounts to $1,450,000 for the service period from July 2008 to June 2011.

Deferred charges consist of consultant and maintenance contracts and are amortized over the term of the contract which is 3 to 8 years.

 

13. NOTES AND ACCOUNTS PAYABLE

The following is an aging analysis of notes and accounts payable at the respective balance sheet dates:

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31
     2008    2007

0 to 30 days

   $ 3,946    $ 10,224

31 to 60 days

     145      592

61 to 90 days

     5      25

Over 90 days

     24      —  
             
   $ 4,120    $ 10,841
             

 

- 60 -


14. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31
     2008    2007

Salaries, bonus and benefits

   $ 3,028    $ 3,717

Legal and audit fees

     1,840      2,115

Consulting fees

     487      1,122

Promotional expenses

     373      533

Withholding tax payable

     370      285

Payable for acquisition of equipment

     105      89

Value-added tax payable

     56      20

Deferred income tax liabilities

     6      109

Other accrued expenses

     2,004      3,607
             
   $ 8,269    $ 11,597
             

 

15. INCOME TAX

The Company is not subject to income or other taxes in the Cayman Islands. However, subsidiaries are subject to taxes of the jurisdiction where they are located.

Income (loss) before income taxes consisted of:

 

     (In Thousands)  
     Years Ended December 31  
     2008     2007    2006  

Cayman Islands

   $ (18,493 )   $ 20,832    $ (3,395 )

Foreign

     6,924       5,608      1,688  
                       
   $ (11,569 )   $ 26,440    $ (1,707 )
                       

Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of:

 

     (In Thousands)  
     Years Ended December 31  
     2008    2007     2006  

Current

   $ 2,194    $ 1,650     $ (1,605 )

Deferred

     46      (194 )     (845 )
                       

Income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 2,240    $ 1,456     $ (2,450 )
                       

 

- 61 -


The Company and its subsidiaries file separate income tax returns. Reconciliation of the significant differences between the statutory income tax rate and the effective income tax rate on pretax income (loss) was as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31  
     2008     2007     2006  

Cayman statutory rate

   0 %   0 %   0 %

Foreign rates in excess of statutory rates

   (15.75 %)   5.36 %   35.21 %

Changes in deferred income tax assets

   (7.91 %)   (2.22 %)   (49.56 %)

Adjustments to prior years’ taxes

   0.22 %   (0.42 %)   (190.22 %)

Change in valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets

   6.62 %   (2.96 %)   35.62 %

Other

   (2.54 %)   5.75 %   25.42 %
                  

Effective tax rate

   (19.36 %)   5.51 %   (143.53 %)
                  

The deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 consisted of the following:

 

     (In Thousands)  
     December 31  
     2008     2007  

Deferred income tax assets

    

Research and development credits

   $ 4,182     $ 3,970  

Organization costs

     —         576  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     1       32  

Accrued vacation

     58       160  

Depreciation and amortization

     498       612  

Deferred interest deductions

     97       240  

Other

     131       292  
                
     4,967       5,882  

Valuation allowance

     (4,594 )     (5,360 )
                

Total net deferred income tax assets

     373       522  
                

Deferred income tax liabilities

    

Unrealized capital allowance

     6       38  

Unrealized foreign exchange

     —         71  
                

Total deferred income tax liabilities

     6       109  
                

Net deferred income tax assets

   $ 367     $ 413  
                

The valuation allowance shown in the table above relates to net operating loss, credit carryforwards and temporary differences for which the Company believes that realization is uncertain. The valuation allowance decreased by $766,000 and $784,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

As of December 31, 2008, O 2 Micro, Inc. had US federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of approximately $3,995,000 and $4,266,000, respectively. The US federal research and development credit will expire from 2019 through 2028 if not utilized, while the state research and development credit will never expire.

 

- 62 -


Effective at the beginning of the first quarter of 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48. As a result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized a cumulative adjustment in the liability for unrecognized income tax benefits in the amount of $100,000, which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings and an adjustment of income tax liabilities for unrecognized income tax benefits in the amount of $117,000, which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of income tax payable. At the adoption date of January 1, 2007, the Company had $217,000 of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which would affect its effective tax rate if recognized. At December 31, 2008, the Company had $302,000 of unrecognized tax benefits, all of which would affect its effective tax rate if recognized. As of December 31, 2008, the Company had $81,000 of interest and penalty related to uncertain tax positions included in income tax expense. No interest and penalty related to uncertain tax positions were recorded as of December 31, 2007 due to their immateriality to the financial statements.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits was as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)  
     Years Ended December 31  
     2008    2007  

Balance, beginning of the year

   $ 210    $ 217  

Increase in tax position balance during current year

     92      110  

Decrease in tax position balance during current year

     —        (117 )
               

Balance, end of the year

   $ 302    $ 210  
               

Uncertain tax positions were primarily related to the allocation of income amongst the Company’s global entities. The Company estimates that there will be no material changes in its uncertain tax positions in the next 12 months.

The Company files income tax returns in various foreign jurisdictions. The Company is generally no longer subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2004.

 

16. NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

     (In Thousands)  
     Years Ended December 31  
     2008     2007     2006  

Net income (loss) is arrived at after charging (crediting):

      

Staff cost excluding directors’ emoluments and stock-based compensation

   $ 40,903     $ 35,285     $ 32,756  

Auditors’ remuneration

     692       959       409  

Depreciation and amortization

     6,876       6,927       4,947  

Amortization of stock option granted for services

     48       98       239  

Stock-based compensation

     2,688       2,466       2,589  

Gain on sale of short-term investments

     (1 )     —         (24 )

Gain on sale of long-term investments

     —         (20 )     —    

Loss on disposal of a subsidiary

     10       —         —    

Impairment loss on long-term investments

     14,146       —         756  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     56       18       76  

Goodwill impairment

     2,782       —         —    

 

- 63 -


17. DIRECTORS’ REMUNERATION AND FIVE HIGHEST PAID INDIVIDUALS

Directors

Details of emoluments paid by the Company to the directors of the Company during the three years periods ended December 31, 2008 were as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)
     Years Ended December 31
     2008    2007    2006

Fees

   $ 270    $ 235    $ 208

Salaries and other benefits

     638      904      639

Retirement benefit contribution

     3      3      3
                    
   $ 911    $ 1,142    $ 850
                    

The emoluments of the directors were within the following bands:

 

     Years Ended December 31
     2008
Number of
directors
   2007
Number of
directors
   2006
Number of
directors

Nil to HK$1,000,000

   6    6    5

HK$1,000,001 to HK$1,500,000

   1    —      —  

HK$1,500,001 to HK$2,000,000

   2    1    3

HK$2,000,001 to HK$2,500,000

   —      1    —  

HK$3,000,001 to HK$3,500,000

   —      1    —  

Five highest paid individuals’ emoluments

Three of the directors were the five highest paid individuals of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008. Two of the directors were the five highest paid individuals of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2007. One of the directors was the five highest paid individuals of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Total emoluments payable to these five individuals were as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)
     Years Ended December 31
     2008    2007    2006

Salaries and other benefits

   $ 824    $ 894    $ 915

Bonuses

     975      1,034      964
                    

Total emoluments

   $ 1,799    $ 1,928    $ 1,879
                    

 

- 64 -


     Years Ended December 31
     2008
Number of
individuals
   2007
Number of
individuals
   2006
Number of
individuals

HK$1,500,001 to HK$2,000,000

   2    1    2

HK$2,000,001 to HK$2,500,000

   —      2    2

HK$2,500,001 to HK$3,000,000

   1    —      —  

HK$3,000,001 to HK$3,500,000

   —      1    —  

HK$5,000,001 to HK$5,500,000

   1    —      —  

HK$7,000,001 to HK$7,500,000

   —      —      1

HK$7,500,001 to HK$8,000,000

   —      1    —  

HK$8,000,001 to HK$8,500,000

   1    —      —  

During the three years ended December 31, 2008, no emoluments were paid by the Company to any of the directors or the five highest paid individuals as an inducement to join or upon joining the Company or as a compensation for loss of office as a director of any member of the Company or in connection with the management of the affairs of any members of the Company. None of the directors waived any emoluments during the three years ended December 31, 2008.

 

18. RETIREMENT AND PENSION PLANS

The Company has a savings plan that qualifies under Section 401(k) of the US Internal Revenue Code. Participating employees may defer up to the US Internal Revenue Service statutory limit amounts of pretax salary. The Company may make voluntary contributions to the savings plan but has made no contributions since the inception of the savings plan in 1997.

The Company also participates in mandatory pension funds and social insurance schemes, if applicable, for employees in jurisdictions in which other subsidiaries or offices are located to comply with local statutes and practices. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, pension costs charged to income in relation to the contributions to these schemes were $1,880,000, $1,675,000, and $1,293,000, respectively. In October 2006, the Company adopted a defined benefit pension plan and established an employee pension fund committee for certain employees of O 2 Micro-Taiwan who are subject to the Taiwan Labor Standards Law (“Labor Law”) to comply with local requirements. This benefit pension plan provides benefits based on years of service and average salary computed based on the final six months of employment. The Labor Law requires the Company to contribute between 2% to 15% of employee salaries to a government specified plan, which the Company currently makes monthly contributions equal to 2% of employee salaries. Contributions are required to be deposited in the name of the employee pension fund committee with the Bank of Taiwan. The measurement date of the plan is December 31.

As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the asset allocation was primarily in cash, equity securities and debt securities. Furthermore, under the Labor Law, the rate of return on assets shall not be less than the average interest rate on a two-year time deposit published by the local banks. The Taiwan government is responsible for any shortfall in the event that the rate of return is less than the required rate of return.

The percentage of major category of plan assets as of December 2008 and 2007 were as follows:

 

     December 31  
     2008     2007  

Cash

   39 %   40 %

Equity securities

   12 %   11 %

Debt securities

   25 %   24 %

 

- 65 -


Changes in projected benefit obligation and plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)
     Years Ended December 31
     2008    2007

Projected benefit obligation, beginning of the year

   $ 582    $ 464

Service cost

     5      5

Interest cost

     17      16

Benefits paid

     —        —  

Actuarial loss

     120      97
             

Projected benefit obligation, end of the year

   $ 724    $ 582
             

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of the year

   $ 62    $ 9

Employer contributions

     106      52

Actual return on plan assets

     3      1
             

Fair value of plan assets, end of the year

   $ 171    $ 62
             

The component of net periodic benefit cost was as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)  
     Years Ended December 31  
     2008     2007  

Service cost

   $ 5     $ 5  

Interest cost

     17       16  

Expected return on plan assets

     (2 )     (1 )

Amortization of net pension loss

     2       —    
                

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 22     $ 20  
                

The funded status of the plan was as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)  
     December 31  
     2008     2007  

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ (503 )   $ (424 )
                

Project benefit obligation

     (724 )     (582 )

Plan assets at fair value

     171       62  
                

Funded status of the plan

   $ (553 )   $ (520 )
                

The actuarial assumptions to determine the benefit obligations were as follows:

 

     December 31  
     2008     2007  

Discount rate

   2.5 %   3.0 %

Rate of compensation increases

   2.0 %   2.0 %

 

- 66 -


The actuarial assumptions to determine the net periodic benefit cost were as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31  
     2008     2007  

Discount rate

   2.5 %   3.0 %

Rate of compensation increases

   2.0 %   2.0 %

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

   2.5 %   2.5 %

The expected long-term rate of return shown for the plan assets was weighted to reflect a two-year deposit interest rate of local banking institutions. Estimated future benefit payments were as follows:

 

Year

   (In Thousands)

2009

   $ —  

2010

     —  

2011

     —  

2012

     14

2013

     3

2014–2018

     77
      

Total estimated future benefit payments

   $ 94
      

 

19. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In October 1999, the Board adopted the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“1999 Purchase Plan”), which was approved by the shareholders prior to the consummation of its initial public offering in August 2000. A total of 50,000,000 ordinary shares were reserved for issuance under the 1999 Purchase Plan, plus annual increases on January 1 of each year, commencing in 2001, up to 40,000,000 shares as approved by the Board. In June 2008, an additional 20,000,000 shares were reserved for issuance as also approved by the Board. The 1999 Purchase Plan is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other similar changes in ordinary shares or capital structure.

The 1999 Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase ordinary shares through payroll deductions, which may range from 1% to 10% of an employee’s regular base pay. Beginning November 1, 2005, the 1999 Purchase Plan shall be implemented through consecutive offer periods of 3 months’ duration commencing on the first day of February, May, August and November. Under the 1999 Purchase Plan, ordinary shares may be purchased at a price equal to the lesser of 90% of the fair market value of the Company’s ordinary shares on the date of grant of the option to purchase (which is the first day of the offer period) or 90% of the fair market value of the Company’s ordinary shares on the applicable exercise date (which is the last day of the offer period). Employees may elect to discontinue their participation in the purchase plan at any time; however, all of the employee’s payroll deductions previously credited to the employee’s account will be applied to the exercise of the employee’s option on the next exercise date. Participation ends automatically on termination of employment with the Company. If not terminated earlier, the 1999 Purchase Plan will have a term of 10 years. During 2008 and 2007, 9,301,700 and 5,060,300 ordinary shares, respectively, had been purchased under the 1999 Purchase Plan. As of December 31, 2008, 21,489,950 shares were available for issuance.

 

- 67 -


Stock Option Plans

In 1997, the Board adopted the 1997 Stock Plan, and in 1999, adopted the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. The plans provide for the granting of stock options to employees, directors and consultants of the Company.

Under the 1997 Stock Plan, the Board reserved 185,000,000 ordinary shares for issuance. After the completion of an initial public offering, no further options were granted under the 1997 Stock Plan. Under the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares available for grant shall be 150,000,000 ordinary shares plus an annual increase on January 1 of each year, commencing in 2001, equal to the least of 75,000,000 shares or 4% of the outstanding ordinary shares on the last day of the preceding fiscal year or a smaller number determined by the plan administrator. As of December 31, 2008, the number of options outstanding and exercisable was 14,000,000 and 14,000,000, respectively, under the 1997 Stock Plan, and 235,102,550 and 224,105,700, respectively, under the 1999 Stock Incentive Plan.

The Board adopted the 2005 Share Option Plan (“2005 SOP”) which was effective on March 2, 2006, the date the Company completed the listing on the SEHK, and then the Board terminated the 1997 Stock Plan and 1999 Stock Incentive Plan. The Company began issuing stock options solely under the 2005 SOP for up to 100,000,000 ordinary shares. Under the terms of the 2005 SOP, stock options are generally granted at fair market value of the Company’s ordinary shares. The stock options have a contractual term of 8 years from the date of grant and vest over a requisite service period of 4 years. As of December 31, 2008, the number of options outstanding and exercisable was 57,298,150 and

23,624,900, respectively, under the 2005 SOP.

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity under the plans as of December 31, 2008 and changes during the year then ended is presented as follows:

 

     Number of
Options
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contract
Life
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding Options, January 1, 2008

   307,508,250     $ 0.2313      

Granted

   15,079,900     $ 0.1522      

Exercised

   (712,500 )   $ 0.0904      

Forfeited or expired

   (15,474,950 )   $ 0.2364      
              

Outstanding Options, December 31, 2008

   306,400,700     $ 0.2274    5.09    $ 61,000
                    

Vested and Expected to Vest Options at December 31, 2008

   281,809,381     $ 0.2311    5.03    $ 61,000
                    

Exercisable Options at December 31, 2008

   261,730,600     $ 0.2332    4.91    $ 61,000
                    

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 were $38,000, $1,301,000, and $177,000, respectively.

 

- 68 -


The following table summarizes information about outstanding and vested stock options:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number
Outstanding
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Number
Exercisable
and Vested
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$0.0050 — $0.0622

   3,485,000    3.25    $ 0.0275    2,132,100    $ 0.0107

$0.0790 — $0.1198

   6,324,700    1.53    $ 0.0931    5,956,100    $ 0.0922

$0.1292 — $0.1948

   86,405,050    4.83    $ 0.1661    59,880,050    $ 0.1680

$0.2013 — $0.2994

   164,469,250    5.62    $ 0.2324    150,980,950    $ 0.2312

$0.3076 — $0.4836

   45,716,700    4.32    $ 0.3595    42,781,400    $ 0.3620
                  

Balance, December 31, 2008

   306,400,700    5.09    $ 0.2274    261,730,600    $ 0.2332
                  

Share Incentive Plan

The Board adopted the 2005 Share Incentive Plan (“2005 SIP”) which was effective on March 2, 2006, the date the Company completed the SEHK listing. The 2005 SIP provides for the grant of restricted shares, restricted share units (“RSU”), share appreciation rights and dividend equivalent rights (collectively referred to as “Awards”) up to 75,000,000 ordinary shares. Awards may be granted to employees, directors and consultants. The RSUs vest over a requisite service period of 4 years.

A summary of the status of the Company’s RSUs as of December 31, 2008, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2008 is presented as follows:

 

     Number of
Outstanding
Awards
    Weighted
Average
Price/Fair
Value

Nonvested at January 1, 2008

   14,327,550     $ 0.1920

Granted

   14,903,250     $ 0.1759

Vested

   (3,914,700 )   $ 0.1894

Forfeited and expired

   (1,205,150 )   $ 0.1999
        

Nonvested at December 31, 2008

   24,110,950     $ 0.1821
        

As of December 31, 2008, there was $4,869,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the plans including stock options and RSUs. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-averaged period of 2.41 years. The total fair value of RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $741,000, $334,000, and $0, respectively.

Cash received from option exercise under all share-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $934,000, $3,374,000 and $1,339,000, respectively.

 

- 69 -


The Company calculated the fair value of each option grant on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model that use the assumptions in the following table. Risk-free interest rate is based on the US Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The Company uses the simplified method as provided by Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 107, as amended by SAB No.110, because the Company had limited relevant historical information to support the expected sale and exercise behavior of the employees who had been granted options under the 2005 SOP. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of stock prices for a period equal to the options’ expected term. The dividend yield is zero as the Company has never declared or paid dividends on the ordinary shares or other securities and does not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

     Stock Options
Years Ended December 31
    Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Years Ended December 31
 
     2008     2007     2006     2008     2007     2006  

Risk-free interest rate

   1.93%–3.41 %   3.41%–4.92 %   4.45%–5.10 %   0.49%–2.10 %   3.81%–5.13 %   4.47%–5.12 %

Expected life

   5 years     5 years     5–7 years     0.25–0.26 years     0.25–0.26 years     0.25–0.26 years  

Volatility

   53%–56 %   58%–66 %   67%–71 %   43%–82 %   38%–50 %   44%–51 %

Dividend

   —       —       —       —       —       —    

The weighted-average grant-date fair values of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 were $0.0767, $0.1135, and $0.1062, respectively. The weighted-average fair values of options granted under the 1999 Purchase Plan during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 were $0.0236, $0.0436, and $0.0316, respectively.

Ordinary Shares Reserved

As of December 31, 2008, ordinary shares reserved for future issuance were as follows:

 

Outstanding stock options

   306,400,700

Outstanding RSUs

   24,110,950

Shares reserved for future stock option grants

   42,185,500

Shares reserved for 1999 Purchase Plan

   21,489,950

Shares reserved for Awards

   45,052,250
    
   439,239,350
    

 

- 70 -


20. EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of ordinary and dilutive ordinary equivalent shares outstanding during the period, using the treasury stock method for options.

A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share calculations was as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31
     2008     2007    2006

Net income (loss) (in thousands)

   $ (13,809 )   $ 24,984    $ 743
                     

Weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands) — basic

     1,862,831       1,905,725      1,932,575

Effect of dilutive securities:

       

Options and RSUs (in thousands)

     6,387       38,060      14,321
                     

Weighted average shares outstanding (in thousands) — diluted

     1,869,218       1,943,785      1,946,896
                     

Earnings (loss) per share — basic

   $ (0.01 )   $ 0.01    $ —  
                     

Earnings per share — diluted

     NA     $ 0.01    $ —  
                     

Certain outstanding options and RSUs were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS since their effect would have been antidilutive. The antidilutive stock options excluded and their associated exercise prices per share were 297,832,900 shares at $0.0522 to $0.4836 as of December 31, 2008, 166,279,163 shares at $0.1198 to $0.4836 as of December 31, 2007, and 254,805,913 shares at $0.1198 to $0.4836 as of December 31, 2006.

 

21. COMMITMENTS

Lease Commitments

The Company leases office space and certain equipment under noncancelable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through December 2011. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, leasing costs charged to income in relation to these agreements were $2,218,000, $2,509,000, and $2,148,000, respectively. The Company’s office lease provides for periodic rental increases based on the general inflation rate.

As of December 31, 2008, future minimum lease payments under all noncancelable operating lease agreements were as follows:

 

Year

   Operating Leases
(In Thousands)

2009

   $ 2,043

2010

     1,057

2011

     61
      

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 3,161
      

 

- 71 -


Purchase obligations and commitments include payments due under various types of license, maintenance and support agreements with contractual terms from one to three years. As of December 31, 2008, those purchase commitments were as follows:

 

Year

   (In Thousands)

2009

   $ 1,035

2010

     288

2011

     178
      

Total

   $ 1,501
      

 

22. CONTINGENCIES

The Company is involved in several litigation matters relating to its intellectual property, as detailed below. While the Company cannot make any assurance regarding the eventual resolution of these matters, the Company does not believe at this time that the final outcomes will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

Certain Cold Cathode Fluorescent Lamp Inverter Circuits And Products Containing Same, Investigation No. 337-TA-666 . On December 15, 2008, the Company filed a complaint with the United States International Trade Commission in Washington, D.C. The Company alleges that Monolithic Power System, Inc. (“MPS”), Microsemi Corporation (“Microsemi”), Asustek, LG and BenQ have engaged in unfair acts through the unlicensed importation of certain products with MPS or Microsemi inverter controllers covered by the Company’s patents. The Company seeks an order preventing the importation of the products into the United States.

Monolithic Power Systems, Inc. v. O 2 Micro International Limited , Case No. C 08-4567 CW . On October 1, 2008, MPS filed a complaint for declaratory judgment that certain claims of the Company’s patents are invalid and not infringed. The Company has filed counterclaims for patent infringement.

Monolithic Power Sys. v. O 2 Micro Int’l Ltd., 2009 U.S. App. LEXIS 4528 (Fed. Cir. Mar. 5, 2009) . On March 5, 2009, the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit affirmed the judgment of the District Court for the Northern District of California that certain claims of the Company’s U.S. Patent Number 6,396,722 are invalid as obvious under 35 U.S.C. § 103. The Company has filed an appeal on April 6, 2009.

O 2 Micro Int’l Ltd. v. Taiwan Sumida Elecs., Inc., 2009 U.S. App. LEXIS 4382 (Fed. Cir. Mar. 5, 2009) In a companion case involving Taiwan Sumida Electronics, Inc., the Federal Circuit vacated a judgment of infringement from the District Court for the Eastern District of Texas because the Federal Circuit had held in the MPS case that the same claims of the ‘722 patent were invalid. The Company has filed an appeal on April 6, 2009.

O 2 Micro International Ltd. v. Beyond Innovation Technology Co. et al., Civil Action No. 2:04-CV- 32 (TJW) . On April 3, 2008, the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit vacated a jury verdict, final judgment of infringement, and permanent injunction against defendants Beyond Innovation Technology Company Limited, SPI Electronic Company Limited and FSP Group, and Lien Chang Electronic Enterprise Company Limited. The Federal Circuit further remanded the case to the Eastern District of Texas, and the case is scheduled for trial in July 2009.

In February 2007, MPS amended its complaint in the Intermediate People’s Court in Chengdu, China alleging that two of the Company’s customers infringe Chinese Patent Number ZL03140709.9.

 

- 72 -


As of December 31, 2008, the Company deposited an amount of New Taiwan dollars equivalent to $1,411,000 with the Taiwan court for court bonds, which was accounted for as restricted assets, in connection with those actions and related preliminary injunction actions. The court bonds provide security for the enjoined party to claim damages against the Company incurred from the preliminary injunctions or the provision of a countersecurity in the event the Company does not ultimately succeed in the underlying infringement actions.

In 2007, the Company received $9,364,000 litigation proceeds from the MPS, Sony Corporation, and Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. litigation cases in the United States. In March 2008, the Company further received $2,000,000 from a litigation case with Rohm Co. Ltd. settled in the United States.

The Company, as a normal course of business, is a party to litigation matters, legal proceedings, and claims. These actions may be in various jurisdictions and may involve patent protection and/or infringement. While the results of such litigations and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, the final outcome of such matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations. No assurance can be given, however, that these matters will be resolved without the Company becoming obligated to make payments or to pay other costs to the opposing parties, with the potential for having an adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or its results of operations. As of December 31, 2008, no provision for any litigation has been provided.

 

23. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Information on the Company’s financial instruments was as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31
     2008    2007
     Carrying
Amount
   Fair
Value
   Carrying
Amount
   Fair
Value

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 31,844    $ 31,844    $ 52,597    $ 52,597

Restricted cash

     1,153      1,153      6,830      6,830

Short-term investments

     72,344      72,344      28,650      28,650

Long-term investments in available-for-sale securities

     1,446      1,446      6,284      6,284

Restricted assets

     1,411      1,407      12,393      12,380

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate their estimated fair values. The fair values of short-term investments and long-term investments in available-for-sale securities are based on quoted market prices.

Fair value of restricted assets made in the form of Taiwan Government bonds are based on quoted market price; the remaining restricted assets are carried at amounts which approximate fair value.

Long-term investments, except for investments in available-for-sale securities, are in privately-held companies where there is no readily determinable market value and are recorded using the cost method. The Company periodically evaluates these investments for impairment. If it is determined that an other-than-temporary decline has occurred in the carrying value, an impairment loss is recorded in the period of decline in value.

 

- 73 -


24. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Executive Severance and Change of Control Agreements

In April 2007, the Company entered into an Executive Severance and Change of Control Agreement with Sterling Du, the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, pursuant to which Mr. Du would be entitled to, among other things, two times his base salary and annual target bonus and immediate vesting of 50% of his unvested equity awards if terminated under certain circumstances. In addition, Mr. Du would be entitled to, among other things, three times his base salary and annual target bonus and immediate vesting of 100% of his unvested equity awards if terminated under certain circumstances within twenty-four months of a change of control of the Company.

In April 2007, the Company entered into Executive Severance and Change of Control Agreements with Chuan Chiung “Perry” Kuo, the Chief Financial Officer, and James Elvin Keim, the Head of Marketing and Sales, pursuant to which these officers would be entitled to, among other things, one time base salary and annual target bonus and immediate vesting of 50% of unvested equity awards if terminated under certain circumstances. In addition, Mr. Kuo and Mr. Keim would be entitled to, among other things, one and a half times base salary and annual target bonus and immediate vesting of 50% of unvested equity awards if terminated under certain circumstances within twelve months of a change of control of the Company.

 

25. SEGMENT INFORMATION

In September 2008, the Board approved a plan to transfer Network Security business to O 2 Security Limited (“O 2 Security”) along with its Series A preference shares financing. In anticipation of the business transfer, management identified two reportable segments as of December 31, 2008, including Integrated Circuit Group and Network Security Group. The Integrated Circuit Group’s core products and principal source of revenue are its power management semiconductors. These semiconductor products are produced with digital, analog, and mixed signal integrated circuit manufacturing processes. The Network Security Group’s system security solution products include support for virtual private networks (“VPNs”) and firewalls, which provide security functions between computer systems and networks, including the transmission of data across the Internet.

Prior to the approval of the transfer plan of O 2 Security, the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), the Chief Executive Officer, reviewed information on an enterprise-wide basis to assess performance and allocate resources. Commencing in the fourth quarter of 2008, the CODM began to manage the Company on the basis of the new segment structure and assessed the performance of each operating segment using information of its net sales and income from operations. Historical results have been adjusted to reflect the new segment structure as of December 31, 2008.

The Company does not identify or allocate assets by operating segment, nor does the CODM evaluate operating segments using discrete asset information. The Company does not have inter-segment revenue, and, accordingly, there is none to be reported. The Company does not allocate gains and losses from interest and other income, or income taxes to operating segments. The accounting policies for segment reporting are the same as for the Company as a whole.

 

- 74 -


Operating segment net sales and operating income (loss) were as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)  
     Years Ended December 31  
     2008     2007     2006  

Net sales

      

Integrated Circuit Group

   $ 135,438     $ 163,573     $ 124,269  

Network Security Group

     3,387       1,967       646  
                        
   $ 138,825     $ 165,540     $ 124,915  
                        

Income (loss) from operations

      

Integrated Circuit Group

   $ 7,308     $ 30,234     $ 905  

Network Security Group

     (6,744 )     (6,613 )     (5,470 )
                        
   $ 564     $ 23,621     $ (4,565 )
                        

Net sales to unaffiliated customers by geographic region are based on the customer’s ship-to location and were as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)
     Years Ended December 31
     2008    2007    2006

China

   $ 109,083    $ 133,887    $ 92,801

Korea

     10,742      13,435      15,018

Japan

     12,952      11,992      9,603

Taiwan

     2,606      4,232      6,559

Other

     3,442      1,994      934
                    
   $ 138,825    $ 165,540    $ 124,915
                    

For the year ended December 31, 2008, two customers accounted for 10% or more of net sales. For the year ended December 31, 2007, one customer accounted for 10% or more of net sales. For the year ended December 31, 2006, no customer accounted for 10% or more of net sales. Sales to these major customers were generated from the Integrated Circuit Group. The percentage of net sales to those customers was as follows:

 

     Years Ended December 31  
     2008     2007     2006  

A

   12.3 %   9.4 %   3.8 %

B

   11.5 %   11.1 %   8.5 %

 

- 75 -


Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment and are based on the physical location of the assets at the end of each year, and were as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31
     2008    2007    2006

China

   $ 13,873    $ 19,807    $ 13,015

Taiwan

     14,994      16,665      21,261

U.S.A.

     5,348      6,347      6,669

Singapore

     73      232      335

Other

     65      97      147
                    
   $ 34,353    $ 43,148    $ 41,427
                    

 

26. DISTRIBUTABLE RESERVES

In the opinion of the directors of the Company, the Company did not have any distributable profits as at December 31, 2008 and 2007. However, the directors have not made any determination as to whether any of the share premium account of the Company may be distributable for the purposes of Cayman Islands law.

 

27. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On February 27, 2009, the Company submitted an application for the voluntary withdrawal of the listing of ordinary shares on the Main Board of SEHK (collectively referred to as “Proposed Withdrawal”) for reasons of cost and utility.

The Company will retain its existing primary listing of ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Select Market in the United States following the Proposed Withdrawal and for the foreseeable future. The Proposed Withdrawal is conditioned upon (i) the approval of the shareholders by way of an ordinary resolution in a general meeting; (ii) the approval of the listing committee of SEHK; and (iii) the Company having given its shareholders at least three months’ notice of the Proposed Withdrawal.

A shareholder meeting will be convened at an appropriate time to seek the approval of shareholders for the Proposed Withdrawal. Given shareholder approval, the estimated last day of trading on the SEHK will be during the third quarter of 2009.

 

- 76 -


28. DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES GENERALLY ACCEPTED IN THE UNITED STATES AND HONG KONG FINANCIAL REPORTING STANDARDS

 

  I. The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“US GAAP”), which differ in certain significant respects from Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards (“HKFRS”).

 

  (a) Stock Based Compensation

Prior to January 1, 2006, under US GAAP the Company could account for stock-based compensation issued to employees using one of the two following methods.

 

  1) Intrinsic value based method

Under the intrinsic value based method, compensation expense is the excess, if any, of the fair value of the stock at the grant date or other measurement date over the amount an employee must pay to acquire the stock.

 

  2) Fair value based method

For stock options, fair value is determined using an option pricing model that takes into account the stock price at the grant date, the exercise price, the expected life of the option and the annual rate of quarterly dividends.

Under either approach compensation expense, if any, is recognized over the applicable service period, which is usually the vesting period.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R) which requires companies to recognize compensation expense equal to the fair value of stock options or other share based payments for the annual reporting period that begins after June 15, 2005.

HKFRS 2 requires recognition of the fair value of shares and options awarded to employees over the period to which the employee’s services relate. Under HKFRS 2, an entity is required to measure the employee services received by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date.

There is generally no significant difference in the fair value used under SFAS No. 123(R) and HKFRS 2 for measuring the compensation cost of employee arrangements, except for the guidance in related to share-based payments with graded vesting features. Under SFAS No. 123(R), an accounting policy choice exists for awards with a service condition either: (a) amortize the entire grant on a straight-line basis over the longest vesting period, or (b) recognize a charge similar to HKFRS 2. Under HKFRS 2, compensation charge is recognized on an accelerated basis to reflect the vesting as it occurs. Accordingly, adjustments are made to record the additional charge resulted from different amortization method used for stock-based awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2006.

The details of the corresponding effect on the net income are set out in Part II (a) below.

 

  (b) Property and equipment

HKFRS requires the recognition of an item of property and equipment as an asset only if it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item were flow to the entity and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.

In relation to the prepayment of property and equipment, no future economic benefits flow to the entity as the property and equipment are not held for use in the production or supply of goods or services.

Under US GAAP, the prepayment of property and equipment are allowed to be included into the category of property and equipment.

 

- 77 -


No significant GAAP difference in respect of the accounting for property and equipment was recorded for the three years ended December 31, 2008 except for the classification of the balance sheet items as set out in Part II (b) below.

 

  (c) Inventory valuation

Inventories are carried at cost under both US GAAP and HKFRS. However, if there is evidence that the utility of goods, in their disposal in the ordinary course of business, will be less than cost, whether due to physical obsolescence, changes in price levels, or other causes, the difference should be recognized as a loss of the current period. This is generally accomplished by stating such goods at a lower level commonly known as “market value.” Under US GAAP, a write-down of inventories to the lower of cost or market value at the close of a fiscal period creates a new cost basis that subsequently cannot be marked up based on changes in underlying facts and circumstances. Market value under US GAAP is the lower of the replacement cost and net realizable value minus normal profit margin. Under HKFRS, a write-down of inventories to the lower of cost or market value at the close of a fiscal period is a valuation allowance that can be subsequently reversed if the underlying facts and circumstances changes. Market value under HKFRS is net realizable value.

No significant GAAP difference in respect of the accounting for inventory valuation was recorded for the three years ended December 31, 2008.

 

  (d) Leases

Under HKFRS, leases of land and buildings are classified as operating or finance leases in the same way as leases of other assets. However, a characteristic of land is that it normally has an indefinite economic life and, if title is not expected to pass to the lessee by the end of the lease term, the lessee normally does not receive substantially all of the risks and rewards incidental to ownership, in which case the lease of land will be an operating lease. A payment made on entering into or acquiring a leasehold that is accounted for as an operating lease represents prepaid lease payments that are amortized over the lease term in accordance with the pattern of benefits provided. For balance sheet presentation, the prepayment of land use rights should be disclosed as current and non-current.

Under US GAAP, land use rights are also accounted as an operating lease and represent prepaid lease payments that are amortized over the lease term in accordance with the pattern of benefits provided. Current and non-current asset reclassification is not required under US GAAP.

No significant GAAP difference in respect of the accounting for leases was recorded for the three years ended December 31, 2008 except for the classification of the balance sheet items as set out in Part II (b) below.

 

  (e) Deferred income taxes

Deferred income tax liabilities and assets are recognized for the estimated future tax effects of all temporary differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases under both US GAAP and HKFRS.

Under HKFRS, deferred income tax asset is recognized to the extent that it is probable that future profits will be available to offset the deductible temporary differences or carry forward of unused tax losses and unused tax credits. Under US GAAP, all deferred income tax assets are recognized, subject to a valuation allowance, to the extent that it is “more likely than not” that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. “More likely than not” is defined as a likelihood of more than 50%.

With respect of the measurement of the deferred income taxation, HKFRS requires recognition of the effects of a change in tax laws or rates when the change is “substantively enacted.” US GAAP requires measurement using local tax laws and rates enacted at the balance sheet date. Under HKFRS, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are always classified as non-current items.

 

- 78 -


Under US GAAP, deferred income tax liabilities and assets are classified as current or non-current based on the classification of the related asset or liability for financial reporting.

No significant GAAP difference in respect of the accounting for deferred income taxes was recorded for the three years ended December 31, 2008 except for the classification of the balance sheet items as set out in Part II (b) below.

 

  (f) Impairment of asset

HKFRS requires an enterprise to evaluate at each balance sheet date whether there is any indication that an asset may be impaired. If any such indication exists, an enterprise should estimate the recoverable amount of the assets. Recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s net selling price and its value in use. Value in use is measured on a discounted present value basis. An impairment loss is recognized for the excess of the carrying amount of such assets over their recoverable amounts. A reversal of previous provision of impairment is allowed to the extent of the loss previously recognized as expense in the income statement.

Under US GAAP, long-lived assets and certain identified intangibles (excluding goodwill) are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized if the expected future cash flows (undiscounted) are less than the carrying amount of the assets. The impairment loss is measured based on the fair value of the assets. Subsequent reversal of the loss is prohibited.

No significant GAAP difference in respect of the accounting for impairment of asset was recorded for the three years ended December 31, 2008.

 

  (g) Research and development costs

HKFRS requires classification of the costs associated with the creation of intangible assets by research phase and development phase. Costs in the research phase must always be expensed. Costs in the development phase are expensed unless the entity can demonstrate all of the following:

 

  1. the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale;

 

  2. its intention to complete the intangible asset and use or sell it;

 

  3. its ability to use or sell the intangible asset;

 

  4. how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits. Among other things, the enterprise can demonstrate the existence of a market for the output of the intangible asset or the intangible asset itself or, if it is to be used internally, the usefulness of the intangible asset;

 

  5. the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and to use or sell the intangible asset; and

 

  6. its ability to measure the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during the development phase.

 

- 79 -


Under US GAAP, research and development costs are expensed as incurred except for:

 

  1. those incurred on behalf of other parties under contractual arrangements;

 

  2. those that are unique for enterprises in the extractive industries;

 

  3. certain costs incurred internally in creating a computer software product to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed, whose technological feasibility is established, i.e. upon completion of a detailed program design or, in its absence, upon completion of a working model; and

 

  4. certain costs related to the computer software developed or obtained for internal use.

The general requirement to write off expenditure on research and development as incurred is extended to research and development acquired in a business combination.

No significant GAAP difference in respect of the accounting for research and development costs was recorded for the three years ended December 31, 2008.

 

  (h) Statements of cash flows

There are no material differences on statements of cash flows between US GAAP and HKFRS. Under US GAAP, interest received and paid must be classified as an operating activity. Under HKFRS, interest received and paid may be classified as an operating, investing, or financing activity.

 

  (i) Goodwill

Under HKFRS, goodwill arising on an acquisition of a business represents the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Company’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the relevant business at the date of acquisition. Such goodwill is carried at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Capitalized goodwill arising on an acquisition of a business is presented separately in the consolidated balance sheet. For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill arising from an acquisition is allocated to each of the relevant cash-generating units, or groups of cash-generating units, that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the acquisition. A cash-generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment annually, and whenever there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. For goodwill arising on an acquisition in a financial year, the cash-generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated is tested for impairment at the end of that financial year. When the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount of the unit, the impairment loss is allocated to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit first, and then to the other assets of the unit pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. Any impairment loss for goodwill is recognized directly in the consolidated income statement. An impairment loss for goodwill is not reversed in subsequent periods.

Under US GAAP, goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. The Company completes a two-step goodwill impairment test. The first step compares the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of each reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered to be impaired and the second step will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to accounting for a business combination with the allocation of the assessed fair value determined in the first step to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to the assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. This allocation process is only performed for purposes of evaluating goodwill impairment and does not result in an entry to adjust the value of any assets or liabilities. An impairment loss is recognized for any excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill.

 

- 80 -


  (j) Other comprehensive income

Comprehensive income is net income plus gains and losses that are recognized directly in equity rather than in net income.

Under HKFRS, there is no specific guidance on the presentation of other comprehensive income. Items of gain and loss that are not recognized in the income statements (such as foreign exchange translation gain or loss) are recognized in reserves separate from retained earnings and are disclosed in the statement of changes in equity.

US GAAP requires disclosure of total comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income, either as a separate primary statement or combined with income statement, or with statement of changes in stockholders’ equity.

 

  (k) Segment reporting

Under HKFRS, a listed enterprise is required to determine its primary and secondary segments on the basis of lines of business and geographical areas, and to disclose results, assets and liabilities and certain other prescribed information for each segment. The determination of primary and secondary segment is based on the dominant source of the enterprise’s business risks and returns. Accounting policies adopted for preparing and presenting the financial statements of the Company should also be adopted in reporting the segmental results and assets.

Under US GAAP, a public business enterprise is required to report financial and descriptive information about its reportable operating segments. Operating segments are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Chief Operating Decision Maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. US GAAP also permits the use of the accounting policies used for internal reporting purposes that are not necessarily consistent with the accounting policies used in consolidated financial statements.

The segment information prepared under HKFRS is presented below in Part II (d).

 

- 81 -


II.        (a)       The adjustments necessary to reconcile net income attributable to holders of ordinary shares in accordance with HKFRS are summarized as follows:

 

     (In Thousands, Except Per Share
Amounts)
 
     Years Ended December 31  
     2008     2007     2006  

Net income (loss) attributable to holders of ordinary shares as reported under US GAAP

   $ (13,809 )   $ 24,984     $ 743  

HKFRS adjustments

      

— Additional stock-based compensation recognized under HKFRS 2 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

     (665 )     (938 )     (456 )
                        

Net income (loss) attributable to holders of ordinary shares under HKFRS

   $ (14,474 )   $ 24,046     $ 287  
                        

Net income (loss) per share under HKFRS

      

— Basic

   $ (0.0078 )   $ 0.0126     $ 0.0001  
                        

— Diluted

     NA     $ 0.0124     $ 0.0001  
                        

 

(b) Reconciliation of shareholders’ equity as at December 31, 2007 and 2008 is as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)  
     US GAAP     Stock-based
compensation
recognized
under US
GAAP Note 1
    Stock-based
compensation
recognized
under
HKFRS 2
Note 2
    HKFRS  

At December 31, 2007

        

Shareholders’ equity

        

Ordinary shares

   $ 38         $ 38  

Treasury stock

     (1,296 )         (1,296 )

Additional paid-in capital

     144,944     (2,928 )   48,923       190,939  

Accumulated other comprehensive gain:

        

Unrealized investment gain

     1,573           1,573  

Cumulative translation adjustment

     2,168           2,168  

Unrealized pension loss

     (95 )         (95 )

Retained earnings

     56,847     2,928     (48,923 )     10,852  
                    
   $ 204,179         $ 204,179  
                    

At December 31, 2008

        

Shareholders’ equity

        

Ordinary shares

   $ 37         $ 37  

Additional paid-in capital

     141,784     (2,928 )   49,588       188,444  

Accumulated other comprehensive gain:

        

Unrealized investment loss

     (2,203 )         (2,203 )

Cumulative translation adjustment

     3,634           3,634  

Unrealized pension loss

     (218 )         (218 )

Retained earnings (deficits)

     36,746     2,928     (49,588 )     (9,914 )
                    
   $ 179,780         $ 179,780  
                    

 

- 82 -


Notes:

 

1. Included in this reconciliation item was the cumulative stock based compensation expense recognized under US GAAP for the periods prior to year 2007 amounted to approximately $2,928,000.

 

2. Included in this reconciliation item was the cumulative stock based compensation costs recognized under HKFRS 2 for the periods prior to year 2007 amounted to approximately $47,985,000.

 

(c) Under HKFRS, the Company’s consolidated total assets and liabilities at December 31, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)
     December 31
     2008    2007

Non-current assets

     

Long-term investments

   $ 13,199    $ 26,715

Property and equipment, net

     33,902      42,270

Restricted assets

     1,411      12,393

Deferred income tax assets

     373      522

Prepayments for property and equipment

     451      878

Prepaid lease payments

     1,293      1,321

Intangible assets

     4,929      —  

Other assets

     3,151      2,049
             
     58,709      86,148
             

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

     31,844      52,597

Restricted cash

     1,153      6,830

Short-term investments

     72,344      28,650

Accounts receivables, net

     10,578      24,600

Inventories

     16,388      22,127

Prepaid lease payments

     29      29

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,228      7,431
             
     134,564      142,264
             

Total assets

     193,273      228,412
             

Current liabilities

     

Notes and accounts payable

     4,120      10,841

Income tax payable

     226      1,065

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

     8,263      11,488
             
     12,609      23,394
             

Total assets less current liabilities

     180,664      205,018
             

Non-current liabilities

     

Deferred income tax liabilities

     6      109

Accrued pension liabilities

     553      520

Long-term tax liabilities

     302      210

Other liabilities

     23      —  
             
     884      839
             

Net assets

   $ 179,780    $ 204,179
             

Net current assets

   $ 121,955    $ 118,870
             

 

- 83 -


Except for the reclassification as current or non-current items with respect to deferred income tax assets and liabilities, prepayment for property and equipment and land use rights, there are no other adjustments and reclassification made to the Company’s consolidated balance sheets prepared under US GAAP for conversion into HKFRS.

 

  (d) Segment information presented under HKFRS for the three years ended December 31, 2008:

For management purpose, the Company is currently organized into two operating segments — Integrated Circuit Group and Network Security Group. These groups are the basis on which the Company reports its primary segment information. Principal activities are as follows,

 

  1. Integrated Circuit Group: Integrated Circuit Group develops and markets innovative power management products for the computer, consumer and industrial markets.

 

  2. Network Security Group: Network Security Group develops and markets security components and systems for the communications markets.

Segment information about these businesses is presented below:

 

     (In Thousands)  
     Integrated
Circuit Group
   Network
Security
Group
    Consolidated  

Year ended December 31, 2008

       

Revenue

       

External sales

   $ 135,438    $ 3,387     $ 138,825  

Inter-segment sales

     —        —         —    
                       
   $ 135,438    $ 3,387     $ 138,825  
                       

Result

       

Segment results

   $ 7,589    $ (6,779 )   $ 810  
                 

Unallocated corporate expenses

          (911 )
             

Loss from operations

          (101 )

Non-operating expenses, net

          (12,133 )
             

Loss before income tax

          (12,234 )

Income tax expense

          (2,240 )
             

Net loss

        $ (14,474 )
             

Other Information

       

Capital expenditure

   $ 6,684    $ 2,517     $ 9,201  

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 6,326    $ 550     $ 6,876  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

   $ 56    $ —       $ 56  

 

- 84 -


     (In Thousands)  
     Integrated
Circuit Group
   Network
Security
Group
    Consolidated  

Year ended December 31, 2007

       

Revenue

       

External sales

   $ 163,573    $ 1,967     $ 165,540  

Inter-segment sales

     —        —         —    
                       
   $ 163,573    $ 1,967     $ 165,540  
                       

Result

       

Segment results

   $ 30,622    $ (6,670 )   $ 23,952  
                 

Unallocated corporate expenses

          (1,269 )
             

Income from operations

          22,683  

Non-operating income, net

          2,819  
             

Income before income tax

          25,502  

Income tax expense

          (1,456 )
             

Net income

        $ 24,046  
             

Other Information

       

Capital expenditure

   $ 7,749    $ 374     $ 8,123  

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 6,561    $ 366     $ 6,927  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

   $ 18    $ —       $ 18  

Year ended December 31, 2006

       

Revenue

       

External sales

   $ 124,269    $ 646     $ 124,915  

Inter-segment sales

     —        —         —    
                       
   $ 124,269    $ 646     $ 124,915  
                       

Result

       

Segment results

   $ 1,065    $ (5,497 )   $ (4,432 )
                 

Unallocated corporate expenses

          (589 )
             

Loss from operations

          (5,021 )

Non-operating income, net

          2,858  
             

Income loss before income tax

          (2,163 )

Income tax benefit

          2,450  
             

Net income

        $ 287  
             

Other Information

       

Capital expenditure

   $ 23,037    $ 330     $ 23,367  

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 4,667    $ 280     $ 4,947  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

   $ 76    $ —       $ 76  

The five largest customers of the Company accounted for about 42.4%, 44.0% and 33.1% of the total revenue of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The largest customer accounted for about 12.3%, 11.1% and 8.5% of the total revenue of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

The five largest suppliers of the Company accounted for about 58.4%, 67.6% and 79.5% of the total purchases of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The largest supplier accounted for about 19.1%, 28.3% and 23.1% of the total purchases of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

- 85 -


An analysis by the Company’s sales by geographical market, as determined by the customer’s ship-to- location is as follows:

 

     (In Thousands)
     Years Ended December 31
     2008    2007    2006

Turnover:

        

China

   $ 109,083    $ 133,887    $ 92,801

Korea

     10,742      13,435      15,018

Japan

     12,952      11,992      9,603

Taiwan

     2,606      4,232      6,559

Other

     3,442      1,994      934
                    
   $ 138,825    $ 165,540    $ 124,915
                    

 

  III. Information on the Company’s subsidiaries

Below are brief particulars of all of our subsidiaries:

 

1.    O 2 Micro, Inc.   
   Date of incorporation:    March 29, 1995
   Place of incorporation and operation:    U.S.A
   Nature:    Corporation
   Authorized number of shares:    17,000,000 shares of common stock
      7,335,189 shares of preferred stock
   Paid-up capital:    US$20,000
   Scope of business:    Marketing support and research and development services
2.    O 2 Micro Electronics, Inc.   
   Date of incorporation:    March 22, 1999
   Place of incorporation and operation:    Taiwan
   Nature:    Company limited by shares
   Paid-in capital:    NT$100,000,000
   Registered capital:    NT$340,000,000
   Scope of business:    Operations and sales support services
3.    O 2 Micro International Japan Limited   
   Date of incorporation:    August 18, 1999
   Place of incorporation and operation:    Japan Nature:
      Corporation
   Authorized capital:    JPY3,000,000
   Paid-up capital:    JPY3,000,000
   Scope of business:    Sales support service
4.    O 2 Micro Pte Ltd.   
   Date of incorporation:    September 3, 1999
   Place of incorporation and operation:    Singapore
   Nature:    Private limited company
   Authorized capital:    S$1,000,000
   Paid-up capital:    S$1,000,000
   Scope of business:    Research and development service

 

- 86 -


5.    Aotu Micro (Wuhan) Co. Ltd.   
   Date of incorporation:    January 18, 2001
   Place of incorporation and operation:    China
   Nature:    Wholly foreign-owned enterprise
   Term:    January 18, 2001 to January 18, 2016
   Total investment:    US$420,000
   Registered capital:    US$300,000
   Scope of business:    Research and development service
6.    O 2 Micro Romania S.R.L.   
   Date of incorporation:    January 19, 2001
   Place of incorporation and operation:    Romania
   Nature:    Wholly foreign-owned company
   Total investment:    359,056 RON
   Registered capital:    19,695 RON
   Scope of business:    Research and development service
7.    O 2 Micro (Beijing) Co., Ltd.   
   Date of incorporation:    February 19, 2001
   Place of incorporation and operation:    China
   Nature:    Wholly foreign-owned enterprise
   Term:    February 19, 2001 to February 18, 2021
   Total investment:    US$300,000
   Registered capital:    US$300,000
   Scope of business:    Research and development service
8.    O 2 Micro (China) Co., Ltd.   
   Date of incorporation:    April 11, 2001
   Place of incorporation and operation:    China
   Nature:    Wholly foreign-owned enterprise
   Term:    April 11, 2001 to April 10, 2051
   Total investment:    US$8,300,000
   Registered capital:    US$8,300,000
   Scope of business:    Research and development service
9.    O 2 Micro (Chengdu) Co., Ltd.   
   Date of incorporation:    July 6, 2004
   Place of incorporation and operation:    China
   Nature:    Wholly foreign-owned enterprise
   Term:    July 6, 2004 to July 5, 2019
   Total investment:    US$420,000
   Registered capital:    US$300,000
   Scope of business:    Research and development service
10.    O 2 Micro Korea, Limited   
   Date of incorporation:    March 3, 2003
   Place of incorporation and operation:    Korea Nature:
      Corporation
   Authorized capital:    KRW200,000,000
   Paid-up capital:    KRW50,000,000
   Scope of business:    Sales support service

 

- 87 -


11.    International Asset Holding Company   
   Date of incorporation:    April 16, 2004
   Place of incorporation and operation:    Cayman Islands
   Nature:    Company limited by shares
   Authorized capital:    US$50,000
   Paid-up capital:    US$1.00
   Scope of business:    Property holding
12.    Pan Pacific Holding Company   
   Date of incorporation:    May 19, 2004
   Place of incorporation and operation:    Cayman Islands
   Nature:    Company limited by shares
   Authorized capital:    US$50,000
   Paid-up capital:    US$100
   Scope of business:    Investment holding
13.    O 2 Security Limited   
   Date of incorporation:    August 9, 2006
   Place of incorporation and operation:    Cayman Islands
   Nature:    Company limited by shares
   Authorized capital:    US$50,000
   Paid-up capital:    US$1.00
   Scope of business:    Operations and marketing service
14.    O 2 Security, Inc.   
   Date of incorporation:    September 26, 2008
   Place of incorporation and operation:    U.S.A
   Nature:    Corporation
   Authorized number of shares:    10,000 shares of common stock
   Paid-up capital:    US$401,000
   Scope of business:    Sale support and design service

 

- 88 -

Exhibit 99.2

O 2 Micro International Limited has advised that the 2008 annual report is available for viewing on the internet at http://www.o2micro.com . If you do not have access to the internet and would like to obtain a hard copy, please write to:

Proxy Services Corporation

200 A Executive Drive

Edgewood, NY 11717

Attention: Greg Penn (Annual Report)

You may also request for a hardcopy of the annual report by calling the toll free number 1-800-555-2470.

Exhibit 99.3

April 24, 2009

O 2 MICRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

(Incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)

(Stock code: 457)

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

TO BE HELD ON MAY 29, 2009

To the Shareholders of O 2 Micro International Limited:

You are cordially invited to attend the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders of O 2 Micro International Limited (the “Company”) on Friday, May 29, 2009 (the “Annual General Meeting”), at the offices of Maples and Calder, Ugland House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, at 2:00 p.m., local time. A Notice of the Annual General Meeting, a Proxy (or a Voting Instruction Card if you are a holder of American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”)) and a Proxy Statement containing information about the matters to be voted upon at the Annual General Meeting are enclosed.

All registered holders of Ordinary Shares as of the close of the business on Monday, May 11, 2009 (the “Record Date”), will be entitled to vote at the Annual General Meeting on the basis of one vote for each Ordinary Share held. Holders of ADSs as of the Record Date on Friday, April 17, 2009, shall be entitled to instruct The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary for the Company’s ADS program, how to vote the Ordinary Shares underlying such holder’s ADSs, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement which governs the Company’s ADS program. A summary of those provisions is included in the attached Proxy Statement.

A record of the Company’s activities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 is included in our annual report to the Shareholders enclosed with this letter (the “Report to Shareholders”). Upon written request to the Secretary of the Company, the Company will provide, without charge, to each person solicited a copy of the Report to Shareholders and the Annual Report on Form 20-F (the “Form 20-F”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), when available. The Form 20-F will also be available to be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F. Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and will also be available to the public from the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov . Copies of the Report to Shareholders will be available at the Annual General Meeting.

Whether or not you plan to attend the Annual General Meeting, the Company requests that you please exercise your voting rights by completing and returning your Proxy or ADS Voting Instruction Card, as applicable, promptly in the enclosed self-addressed stamped envelope. If you are a registered holder of Ordinary Shares, by attending the Annual General Meeting and voting in person, your Proxy will not be used.

 

Sincerely,
LOGO
Sterling Du
Director, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board


O 2 MICRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

(Incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)

(Stock code: 457)

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

TO BE HELD ON FRIDAY, MAY 29 2009

O2Micro International Limited

Grand Pavilion Commercial Centre, West Bay Road

P.O. Box 32331 SMB, George Town

Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

 

Executive Directors

Sterling Du

Chuan Chiung “Perry” Kuo

James Elvin Keim

 

Independent Non-Executive Directors

Michael Austin

Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin

Ji Liu

Teik Seng Tan

Xiaolang Yan

Keisuke Yawata

To the Holders of Ordinary Shares and American Depositary Shares:

The Annual General Meeting of Shareholders of O2Micro International Limited (the “Company”), a Cayman Islands company, will be held on Friday, May 29, 2009, at the offices of Maples and Calder, Ugland House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, at 2:00 p.m., local time, at which meeting the following matters will be put to the vote of the Shareholders:

PROPOSAL NO. 1

That each of James Elvin Keim, Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin and Ji Liu be elected as Class II Directors to hold office until the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be held in 2012 and until their respective successors are elected and duly qualified, or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal.

PROPOSAL NO. 2

That the Company renew the general mandate (the “Sale Mandate”) to allot, issue and deal with such number of unissued Ordinary Shares not exceeding the sum of:

 

  (i) 20% of the total nominal amount of the share capital of the Company in issue and to be issued; and

 

  (ii) the total amount of the share capital of the Company repurchased by us (if any) pursuant to the repurchase mandate (described in Proposal No. 3 below) following the grant of the Sale Mandate;

with the Board of Directors having the authority to fix the number of shares to be repurchased, as well as the price and other terms of any repurchase, as determined by the Board of Directors in its discretion from time to time.

 

i


PROPOSAL NO. 3

That the Company renew the general mandate (the “Repurchase Mandate”) to exercise all the powers of the Company to repurchase such number of Ordinary Shares not exceeding 10% of the total nominal amount of the share capital of the Company in issue and to be issued.

An explanatory statement relating to the Repurchase Mandate is set out in Appendix 1 to the Proxy Statement.

PROPOSAL NO. 4

That the Company’s financial statements and the auditors’ report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 be approved and adopted.

PROPOSAL NO. 5

That the appointment of Deloitte & Touche as independent auditors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009 be approved and ratified.

The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on Friday, April 17, 2009 and Monday, May 11, 2009 as the record date for the determination of holders of American Depository Shares and Ordinary Shares, respectively, entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual General Meeting and any postponement or adjournment thereof. Accordingly, only holders of record of Ordinary Shares or American Depositary Shares of the Company at the close of business on such date (as the case may be) shall be entitled to vote at the Annual General Meeting or any adjournment thereof.

We ask that you vote, date, sign and return the enclosed Proxy (or the enclosed Voting Instruction Card if you hold American Depositary Shares) in the self-addressed stamped envelope. If you are a registered holder of Ordinary Shares, you may revoke your Proxy and vote in person if you later decide to attend in person.

 

By Order of the Board of Directors
LOGO
Sterling Du
Director, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

 

ii


O 2 MICRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

(Incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)

(Stock code: 457)

(the “Company”)

Grand Pavilion Commercial Centre, West Bay Road

P.O. Box 32331 SMB, George Town

Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

PROXY STATEMENT

GENERAL INFORMATION

This Proxy Statement, as well as the accompanying Proxy, if you hold Ordinary Shares, or Voting Instruction Card, if you hold American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), are being mailed to shareholders of the Company (“Shareholders”) in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of the Company for the 2009 Annual General Meeting of the Company (the “Annual General Meeting”). The Company’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, which is not part of this Proxy Statement, will be filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission (on Form 20-F) and with The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (“HKSE”).

Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited and HKSE take no responsibility for the contents of this Proxy Statement, make no representation as to its accuracy or completeness and expressly disclaim any liability whatsoever for any loss howsoever arising from or in reliance upon the whole or any part of the contents of this Proxy Statement.

Voting By Registered Holders Of Ordinary Shares

When your Proxy is returned properly executed, the Ordinary Shares it represents will be voted in accordance with your specifications. You have three choices as to your vote on each of the items described in this Proxy Statement that are to be voted upon at the Annual General Meeting. You may vote “for” or “against” each item or “abstain” from voting by marking the appropriate box.

If you sign and return your Proxy but do not specify any choices, you will thereby confer discretionary authority for your Ordinary Shares to be voted as recommended by the Board. The Proxy also confers discretionary authority on the individuals named therein to vote on any variations to the proposed resolutions.

Whether or not you plan to attend the Annual General Meeting, you can be assured that your Ordinary Shares are voted by completing, signing, dating and returning the enclosed Proxy to the Company’s branch share registrar at Rooms 1806-1807, 18th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for the Annual General Meeting. You may revoke your Proxy at any time before it is exercised by giving written notice thereof to the Secretary of the Company, by submitting a subsequently dated Proxy, by attending the Annual General Meeting and withdrawing the Proxy, or by voting in person at the Annual General Meeting.

Each holder of the Ordinary Shares in the capital of the Company in issue, and recorded in the Register of Members of the Company at the close of business on Monday, May 11, 2009, is entitled on a poll to one vote for each Ordinary Share so held at the Annual General Meeting, which includes The Bank of New York Mellon which is the registered holder of all Ordinary Shares deposited into the Company’s ADS program. See “— Voting by Holders of ADSs” below. All such Ordinary Shares entitled to vote at the Annual General Meeting are referred to herein as “Record Shares”. The presence in person or by proxy of Shareholders holding a majority of the Record Shares will constitute a quorum for the transaction of

 

1


business at the Annual General Meeting. Resolutions put to the vote at the Annual General Meeting will be decided by poll and every holder of a Record Share present in person or by proxy is entitled to one vote for each Record Share held.

If two or more persons are jointly registered as holders of an Ordinary Share then in voting, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of other holders of the Ordinary Share and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand on the register of the members.

Voting by Holders of ADSs

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary of the ADSs, has advised us that it intends to mail to all owners of ADSs this Proxy Statement, the accompanying Notice of Annual General Meeting and an ADS Voting Instruction Card. Upon the written request of an owner of record of ADSs, The Bank of New York Mellon will endeavor, to the extent practicable, to vote or cause to be voted the amount of shares represented by the ADSs, evidenced by American Depositary Receipts related to those ADSs, in accordance with the instructions set forth in such request. The Bank of New York Mellon has advised us that it will not vote or attempt to exercise the right to vote other than in accordance with those instructions. As the holder of record for all the Ordinary Shares represented by the ADSs, only The Bank of New York Mellon may vote those shares at the Annual General Meeting.

The Bank of New York Mellon and its agents are not responsible if they fail to carry out your voting instructions or for the manner in which they carry out your voting instructions. This means that if the Ordinary Shares underlying your ADSs are not able to be voted at the Annual General Meeting, there may be nothing you can do.

If (i) the enclosed ADS Voting Instruction Card is signed but is missing voting instructions, (ii) the enclosed ADS Voting Instruction Card is improperly completed or (iii) no ADS Voting Instruction Card is received by The Bank of New York Mellon from a holder of ADSs by May 21, 2009 at 5:00 p.m., New York time (the “ADS Voting Deadline”), The Bank of New York Mellon will deem such holder of ADSs to have instructed it to give a proxy to the chairman of the Annual General Meeting to vote in favor of each proposal recommended by the Board and against each proposal opposed by the Board. Holders of ADSs can only change their instructions to The Bank of New York Mellon by providing a new ADS Voting Instruction Card to The Bank of New York Mellon prior to the ADS Voting Deadline. ADS holders cannot vote or change the instructions previously delivered to The Bank of New York Mellon in an ADS Voting Instruction Card by attending the Annual General Meeting in person.

Other Shareholder Matters

Your attention is also drawn to Articles 90 and 91 of the Articles of Association of the Company in relation to the requirements applicable to any Shareholder who wishes to propose additional business at the Annual General Meeting not set out in the Notice of the Annual General Meeting, including in relation to the election of the Directors. For business to be properly brought before an annual general meeting by a Shareholder, a shareholder notice addressed to the Secretary of the Company must have been delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Company not less than 45 days nor more than 75 days prior to the date on which the Company first mailed its proxy materials for the previous year’s annual general meeting. Such notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter the Shareholder proposes to bring before the annual general meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual general meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual general meeting, (ii) the name and record address of the Shareholder proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Company which are beneficially owned by the Shareholder, and (iv) any material interest of the Shareholder in such business. In the case of nominations of persons for election to the Board, the notice must set forth, in addition, (a) as to each person whom the Shareholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a Director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence

 

2


address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Company which are beneficially owned by the person, and (iv) any other information relating to the person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of Directors pursuant to Rule 14a under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (b) as to the Shareholder giving the notice, (i) the name and record address of the Shareholder, and (ii) the number of Ordinary Shares which are beneficially owned by the Shareholder. The Company may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Company to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a Director of the Company. No person shall be eligible for election as a Director of the Company unless nominated in accordance with these procedures. The foregoing requirements shall apply mutatis mutandis to holders of ADSs which wish to submit proposals for consideration at a general meeting.

Under Article 84 of the Articles of Association of the Company, a Shareholder is entitled to cumulate votes (i.e., cast for any candidate a number of votes greater than the number of votes which such Shareholder normally is entitled to cast) if the candidates’ names have been placed in nomination prior to commencement of the voting and the Shareholder has given notice prior to commencement of the voting of the Shareholder’s intention to cumulate votes. If any Shareholder has given such notice, then every Shareholder entitled to vote may cumulate votes for candidates in nomination either (i) by giving one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which the Shareholder’s shares are normally entitled to or (ii) by distributing the Shareholder’s votes on the same principle among any or all of the candidates, as the Shareholder thinks fit. The candidates receiving the highest number of affirmative votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, shall be elected; votes against any candidate and votes withheld shall have no legal effect. Each holder of ADSs may instruct The Bank of New York Mellon to vote the Ordinary Shares underlying its ADSs on a cumulative basis as described above.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

The Board is responsible for establishing broad corporate policies and for overseeing the overall performance of the Company. The Board reviews significant developments affecting the Company and acts on other matters requiring its approval.

The current Board comprises Sterling Du, Chuan Chiung “Perry” Kuo, James Elvin Keim (executive directors) and Michael Austin, Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin, Teik Seng Tan, Keisuke Yawata, Xiaolang Yan and Ji Liu (independent non-executive directors).

The current standing committees of the Board are the Audit Committee, the Compensation Committee and the Nominating Committee.

The Audit Committee is established by the Board primarily for the purpose of overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes of the Company and audits of the financial statements of the Company. Its responsibilities include (1) the appointment, retention, compensation and oversight of the work of the Company’s independent auditors, and for review of its qualifications, (2) review of the Company’s annual and interim financial statements, earning releases and accounting practices and procedures; and (3) review of the Company’s system of internal controls. The Audit Committee also maintains procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal controls, or auditing matters and for the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company of concerns regarding accounting or auditing matters. The Audit Committee is currently comprised of three of the Company’s directors, Keisuke Yawata, Teik Seng Tan and Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin.

The Compensation Committee (i) reviews and approves goals and objectives relating to compensation of the Company’s chief executive officer and other officers, (ii) makes recommendations to the Board regarding long- term incentive compensation and equity plans and executive compensation plans and

 

3


(iii) administers the Company’s incentive-compensation plans and equity based-plans as in effect and as adopted from time to time by the Board, provided that the Board retains the authority to interpret such plans. The Compensation Committee is currently comprised of two of the Company’s directors, Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin and Michael Austin.

The Nominating Committee assists the Board in selecting nominees for election to the Board and makes recommendations to the Board from time to time, or whenever it shall be called upon to do so, regarding nominees for the Board. The Nominating Committee is currently comprised of two of the Company’s directors, Michael Austin and Xiaolang Yan.

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

The Audit Committee is directly responsible for the oversight of the Company’s accounting and financial reporting processes and audits of the financial statements of the Company. It is also responsible for the review of the Company’s internal system of controls. Management has the primary responsibility for the financial statements and the reporting process including the systems of internal controls. In fulfilling its oversight responsibilities, the Audit Committee reviewed the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008 with management, including a discussion of the quality, not just the acceptability, of the accounting principles, the reasonableness of significant judgments, and the clarity of disclosures in the financial statements.

The Audit Committee reviewed with the independent auditors, who are responsible for expressing an opinion on the conformity of those audited financial statements with generally accepted accounting principles, their judgments as to the quality, not just the acceptability, of the Company’s accounting principles and such other matters as are required to be discussed with the Audit Committee under general accepted auditing standards. In addition, the Audit Committee has carried out discussions with the independent auditors independently from management and the Company. The independent auditors have provided the Audit Committee with the letter required by the Independent Standards Board Standard No. 1, “Independence Discussions with Audit Committee”, and the Audit Committee has engaged in dialogue with the independent auditors regarding their independence.

The Audit Committee meets with the independent auditors, with and without management present, to discuss the results of their examinations, their evaluations of the Company’s internal controls, and the overall quality of the Company’s financial reporting. The Audit Committee held seven meetings in 2008.

In reliance on the reviews and discussions referred to above, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board (and the Board has approved) that the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2008 be included in the Report to Shareholders and the Form 20-F for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Audit Committee recommended, subject to shareholder approval, the appointment of Deloitte & Touche as the Company’s independent auditors for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009.

Keisuke Yawata, Audit Committee Chair Teik

Seng Tan, Audit Committee Member Lawrence

Lai-Fu Lin, Audit Committee Member

April 24, 2009

 

4


PROPOSAL NO. 1:    RE-ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Article 111 of the Company’s Articles of Association provides that, at the Company’s first annual general meeting after becoming eligible to have a classified board, the Board will be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II, and Class III, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors permits. Class I directors will be elected for a one-year term, Class II directors for a two-year term and Class III directors for a three-year term. At each subsequent annual general meeting, successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at that annual general meeting will be elected for a three-year term. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease will be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly as possible, and any additional directors of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in that class will hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.

At the 2009 Annual General Meeting, three (3) existing Class II Directors, James Elvin Keim, Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin and Ji Liu, are proposed to be elected for a three-year term until the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders to be held in 2012 and until their respective successors are elected and duly qualified, or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal. A brief summary of each nominee’s principal occupation, business affiliations and other information follows.

James Elvin Keim , aged 64, has served as a Director since March 1999 and as Head of Marketing and Sales since December 2001 and a Class II Director since June 2001. He also served as our chief operating officer from June 1998 to June 2001. From March 1995 to June 1998, Mr. Keim was a principal in Global Marketing Associates, an international consulting firm. Prior to March 1995, he had been vice president of sales at Alliance Semiconductor Corporation, vice president of marketing at Performance Semiconductor Corporation and worldwide linear marketing manager at Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation. Mr. Keim received a bachelor of science degree in engineering from Iowa State University, a master of science degree in electrical engineering and a master of business administration degree from the University of Illinois. Except for his directorship in the Company, Mr. Keim has not held any directorships in listed public companies in the last three years.

Mr. Keim is not related to any director, senior management or substantial or controlling shareholder of the Company. Upon election and approval by the compensation committee, Mr. Keim will not receive a separate director’s fee for the year ending December 31, 2009 or any applicable meeting and committee fees.

Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin , aged 58, has served as a Class II Director, member of the audit committee and chairman of the compensation committee since June 2003. He is a Certified Public Accountant in Taiwan. Since 1990, Mr. Lin has been a partner of UHY L&C Company, Certified Public Accountants, which is an independent member firm of Urbach Hacker Young International. Mr. Lin was a director of Urbach Hacker Young International from October 1994 to October 1998. Prior to UHY L&C Company, he was a partner at T N Soong & Co. Mr. Lin serves as independent non-executive director and chairman of the audit committee of Yageo Corporation, director of Arima Communications Corporation, and corporate supervisor of Tex Year Industries Inc., all of which are Taiwan public listed companies. He graduated from Taipei Vocational Commercial School in 1969.

Mr. Lin is not related to any director, senior management or substantial or controlling shareholder of the Company nor has he entered into a service contract with the Company. Upon election and approval by the compensation committee, Mr. Lin will receive a director’s fee of US$31,000 and compensation committee chairperson fee of $5,000 for the year ending December 31, 2009 as well as any applicable meeting and committee fees.

 

5


Ji Liu , aged 73, has served as a Class II Director since June 2007. Mr. Liu has been an Honorary President of the China Europe International Business School since 2005. From 1999 to 2004, Mr. Liu was Executive President and President of the China Europe International Business School. From 1993 to 1999, Mr. Liu was a Research Fellow, Member of the Academic Board, Graduate Supervisor and Deputy Chairman of the Chinese Academy of Social Sciences. He received a bachelor of science in power mechanical engineering from Tsinghua University in China. Except for his directorship in the Company, Mr. Liu has not held any directorships in listed public companies in the last three years.

Mr. Liu is not related to any director, senior management or substantial or controlling shareholder of the Company nor has he entered into a service contract with the Company. Upon election and approval by the compensation committee, Mr. Liu will receive a director’s fee of US$31,000 for the year ending December 31, 2009 as well as any applicable meeting and committee fees.

There is no information to be disclosed pursuant to any of the requirements of rules 13.51(2)(h) to (v) of the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Listing Rules”) and there are no other matters to be brought to the attention of the shareholders of the Company in relation to the above mentioned directors.

As at March 31, 2009 the interest or short positions of the above directors within the meaning of Part XV of the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Ordinance are set out below:

Name of Director

  

Name of Corporation

  

Nature of interest

   Total
number of
Shares
   Approximate
percentage
interest
in the

Company
 

James Elvin Keim

   O2Micro International Limited    Personal Interest (1)    38,463,700    2.09 %

Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin

   O2Micro International Limited    Personal Interest (2)    3,259,150    0.18 %

Ji Liu

   O2Micro International Limited    Personal Interest (3)    909,150    0.05 %

Notes:

 

1. Mr. Keim and his spouse jointly and beneficially own 476,800 Shares. Mr. Keim holds options to purchase an aggregate of 28,841,000 Shares, if fully exercised. As at the date of this report, none of these options has been exercised. In addition, Mr. Keim has a controlling interest in two private companies which hold an aggregate of 9,145,900 Shares.

 

2. Mr. Lin beneficially owns 259,150 shares. In addition, Mr. Lin holds options to purchase an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares, if fully exercised. As at the date of this proxy statement, none of these options has been exercised.

 

3. Mr. Liu beneficially owns 109,150 shares. In addition, Mr. Liu holds options to purchase an aggregate of 800,000 shares, if fully exercised. As at the date of this proxy statement, none of these options has been exercised.

 

6


THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE ELECTION OF JAMES KEIM, LAWRENCE LAI-FU LIN AND JI LIU AS THE CLASS II DIRECTORS TO SERVE A THREE- YEAR TERM UNTIL THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS TO BE HELD IN 2012 AND UNTIL THEIR RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS ARE ELECTED AND DULY QUALIFIED, OR UNTIL SUCH DIRECTOR’S EARLIER RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL. UNLESS DIRECTED TO THE CONTRARY, THE ORDINARY SHARES REPRESENTED BY VALID PROXIES WILL BE VOTED FOR THE ELECTION OF SUCH NOMINEES. ORDINARY SHARES UNDERLYING ADSs WILL BE VOTED AS DESCRIBED UNDER “— VOTING BY HOLDERS OF ADSs” ABOVE.

PROPOSAL NO. 2:    RENEWAL OF SALE MANDATE

The Ordinary Shares were listed on the HKSE on March 2, 2006. The Listing Rules require shareholder approval before any listed company may allot, issue or deal with its own shares listed on the HKSE, except for issuances pursuant to equity compensation and similar plans, the exercise of subscription rights attaching to warrants of the Company, and scrip dividends or similar arrangements. This effectively means that listed companies cannot issue any new shares of the same class which is listed on the HKSE, other than pursuant to the limited exceptions listed above, without Shareholders approving each such issuance, unless Shareholders have approved a sale mandate as described below prior to listing.

The Board believes that the foregoing rule is too restrictive and may interfere with the Company’s normal business operations. In particular, the Board may determine to issue new shares from time to time in a variety of contexts, including, for example, for the payment of outside consultants or as consideration in the acquisition of another business. These issuances may be too small to warrant the expense of calling a Shareholders’ meeting and obtaining consent, and may also be too time-sensitive to allow the holding of a meeting. Moreover, the Listing Rules are more restrictive than the other provisions which are currently applicable to the Company. The Company’s Articles of Association authorize the Board to issue shares at such times and on such other terms as the Board thinks proper without obtaining shareholder approval. In addition, the applicable Nasdaq rules only require shareholder approval in connection with, among other things, a change of control, share issuances of a minimum specified size to related parties or non-public sales of shares exceeding 20% of the Company’s total voting power or total shares outstanding.

Accordingly, rather than seeking shareholder approval for each specific transaction which may arise following a listing on the HKSE, the Board is asking Shareholders to renew the “Sale Mandate” as described below, which was approved by Shareholders at an extraordinary general meeting of Shareholders held on November 14, 2005, which was renewed at the 2006, 2007 and 2008 annual general meetings and which will expire on the conclusion of this 2009 annual general meeting, unless renewed by the Shareholders at this meeting. The “Sale Mandate” would, in accordance with the Listing Rules, authorize the Company to allot, issue and deal from time to time with such number of unissued Ordinary Shares not exceeding the sum of:

1. 20% of the existing issued share capital as at the date of passing the relevant resolution by the Shareholders; and

2. the total amount of the share capital of the Company repurchased by the Company (if any) pursuant to the Repurchase Mandate (described in Proposal 3 below) following the grant of the Sale Mandate.

 

7


Pursuant to the Listing Rules, this Sale Mandate will expire at the earlier of:

1. the conclusion of the Company’s next annual general meeting of Shareholders (unless the Sale Mandate is renewed at that meeting);

2. the expiry of the period within which the Company is required by law or its Articles of Association to hold its next annual general meeting of Shareholders; or

3. the variation or revocation of the Sale Mandate by an ordinary resolution of the Shareholders in a general meeting.

The Board believes that such a mandate is customary for many HKSE-listed companies and, as discussed above, would provide necessary flexibility to conduct the Company’s normal business activities.

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE RENEWAL OF THE SALE MANDATE. UNLESS DIRECTED TO THE CONTRARY, THE ORDINARY SHARES REPRESENTED BY VALID PROXIES WILL BE VOTED FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE SALE MANDATE. ORDINARY SHARES UNDERLYING ADSs WILL BE VOTED AS DESCRIBED UNDER “— VOTING BY HOLDERS OF ADSs” ABOVE.

PROPOSAL NO. 3:    RENEWAL OF REPURCHASE MANDATE

Similar to the issuance of new securities, the repurchase of securities traded on the HKSE by listed companies is subject to prior approval by Shareholders, either on a transaction-by-transaction basis or by way of a general mandate from Shareholders. Cayman Islands law also requires shareholder approval for share repurchases where the Articles of Association do not provide for the manner of repurchase. For the reasons set forth in Proposal 2 above regarding the Sale Mandate, the Board has determined that it is appropriate to obtain a general mandate from Shareholders for repurchases which may occur from time to time, in accordance with the Listing Rules. Such a Repurchase Mandate was approved by the Company’s Shareholders at an extraordinary general meeting of Shareholders held on November 14, 2005 and renewed at the 2006, 2007 and 2008 annual general meetings. The Repurchase Mandate will be subject to the following limitations and conditions:

1. The Company will be able to repurchase such number of Ordinary Shares not exceeding 10% of the existing issued share capital as at the date of passing the relevant resolution by the Shareholders. As at March 31, 2009, the authorized ordinary share capital of the Company was US$95,000 comprising 4,750,000,000 Ordinary Shares, each with a par value of US$0.00002. On the basis of 1,839,591,200 Ordinary Shares in issue as at March 31, 2009, the Company would be authorized under the Repurchase Mandate to repurchase a maximum of 183,959,120 Ordinary Shares (being 10% of the Ordinary Shares in issue) during the period during which the Repurchase Mandate remains in force.

2. Under the Listing Rules, a company may not issue or announce an issue of new securities of the type that have been repurchased for a period of 30 days immediately following a repurchase of securities (except pursuant to the exercise of warrants, share options or similar instruments requiring the company to issue securities which were outstanding prior to the repurchase) without the prior approval of the HKSE. In addition, a company shall not repurchase its shares on the HKSE if the purchase price is higher than 5% or more than the average closing market price for the five preceding trading days on which the shares in the company were traded on the HKSE. A company is also prohibited from making securities repurchases on

 

8


the HKSE if the result of the repurchases would be that the number of the listed securities in public hands would fall below the relevant prescribed minimum percentage as required by the HKSE, which is currently 25% in the case of the Company. A company shall procure that any broker appointed by it to effect the purchase of securities shall disclose to the HKSE such information with respect to purchases made on behalf of the company as the HKSE may request.

3. Under the Listing Rules, any securities repurchase program is required to be suspended after a price sensitive development has occurred or has been the subject of directors’ decision until the price- sensitive information is made publicly available. In particular, during the period of one month immediately preceding the earlier of (i) the date of the board meeting (as such date is first notified to the HKSE in accordance with the listing rules) for the approval of the company’s results for any year, half-year, quarterly or any other interim period (whether or not required under the Listing Rules) and (ii) the deadline for the company to publish an announcement of its results for any year or half-year under the listing rules, or quarterly or any other interim period (whether or not required under the listing rules), and ending on the date of the results announcement, a company may not purchase its securities on the HKSE unless the circumstances are exceptional. In addition, the HKSE may prohibit repurchases of securities on the HKSE if a company has breached the listing rules.

4. Repurchases of securities on the HKSE or otherwise must be reported to the HKSE in the prescribed form not later than 30 minutes before the earlier of the commencement of the morning trading session or any pre-opening session on the business day following any day on which the company makes a repurchase of shares (whether on the HKSE or otherwise). In addition, a company’s annual report and accounts are required to disclose a monthly breakdown of securities repurchases made during the financial year under review, showing the number of securities repurchased each month (whether on the HKSE or otherwise), the purchase price per share or the highest and lowest prices paid for all such repurchases and the aggregate prices paid. The directors’ report is also required to contain reference to the purchases made during the year and the directors’ reasons for making such purchases.

5. A company is prohibited from knowingly repurchasing securities on the HKSE from a “connected person” (as defined in the Listing Rules) and a connected person shall not knowingly sell securities in the company to that company on the HKSE.

The Repurchase Mandate will expire at the earlier of:

1. the conclusion of the Company’s next annual general meeting of Shareholders (unless the Repurchase Mandate is renewed at that meeting);

2. the expiry of the period within which the Company is required by law or the Company’s Articles of Association to hold its next annual general meeting of Shareholders; or

3. the variation or revocation of the Repurchase Mandate by an ordinary resolution of the Company’s Shareholders in a general meeting.

Repurchases of Ordinary Shares will only be made when the Board believes that such a repurchase will benefit the Company and its Shareholders. Such repurchases may, depending on market conditions and funding arrangements at that time, lead to an enhancement of the net asset value of the Company and/or its earnings per share. On the other hand, there may be a material adverse impact on the working capital or gearing position of the Company in the event that the Repurchase Mandate is exercised in full.

 

9


However, the Board does not propose to exercise the Repurchase Mandate to such extent as would, in the circumstances, have a material adverse effect on the working capital requirements of the Company or on its gearing ratio which in the opinion of the Board are from time to time appropriate for the Company.

In repurchasing Ordinary Shares, the Company may only apply funds legally available for such purpose in accordance with its Memorandum and Articles of Association and the applicable laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands. The Company may not repurchase securities on the HKSE for a consideration other than cash or for settlement otherwise than in accordance with the trading rules of the HKSE from time to time.

The Company’s directors have undertaken to the HKSE that, so far as the same may be applicable, they will exercise the Repurchase Mandate only in accordance with the Listing Rules and the applicable laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands.

If Proposals 2 and 3 are approved at the Meeting, the Board will have the authority to fix the number of shares to be repurchased, as well as the price and other terms of any repurchase, as determined by the Board in its discretion from time to time as long as the Repurchase Mandate remains in effect.

The Board believes that this Repurchase Mandate is customary for many HKSE-listed companies and would provide necessary flexibility for the Company to conduct its normal business activities. An explanatory statement as required under the Listing Rules to provide the requisite information on the Repurchase Mandate is set out in Appendix 1 to this Proxy Statement.

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE RENEWAL OF THE REPURCHASE MANDATE. UNLESS DIRECTED TO THE CONTRARY, THE ORDINARY SHARES REPRESENTED BY VALID PROXIES WILL BE VOTED FOR THE APPROVAL OF THE REPURCHASE MANDATE. ORDINARY SHARES UNDERLYING ADSs WILL BE VOTED AS DESCRIBED UNDER “— VOTING BY HOLDERS OF ADSs” ABOVE.

PROPOSAL NO. 4    APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE AUDITORS’ REPORT FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

The approval and adoption by the Shareholders of the financial statements and the auditors’ report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 are being solicited. The financial statements and the auditors’ report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008 appear in the Report to Shareholders.

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND AUDITORS’ REPORT FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008. UNLESS DIRECTED TO THE CONTRARY, THE ORDINARY SHARES REPRESENTED BY VALID PROXIES WILL BE VOTED FOR THE APPROVAL AND ADOPTION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND AUDITORS’ REPORT FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008. ORDINARY SHARES UNDERLYING ADSs WILL BE VOTED AS DESCRIBED UNDER “— VOTING BY HOLDERS OF ADSs” ABOVE.

 

10


PROPOSAL NO. 5:    APPROVAL AND RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Audit Committee of the Board has appointed Deloitte & Touche as independent auditors of the Company for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2009, subject to approval and ratification by the Shareholders.

If the Shareholders do not approve and ratify the appointment of Deloitte & Touche, the selection of other independent auditors will be considered by the Audit Committee and the Board.

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE APPROVAL AND RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE AS INDEPENDENT AUDITORS OF THE COMPANY. UNLESS DIRECTED TO THE CONTRARY, THE ORDINARY SHARES REPRESENTED BY VALID PROXIES WILL BE VOTED FOR THE APPROVAL AND RATIFICATION OF THE APPOINTMENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE AS INDEPENDENT AUDITORS OF THE COMPANY. ORDINARY SHARES UNDERLYING ADSs WILL BE VOTED AS DESCRIBED UNDER “VOTING BY HOLDERS OF ADSs” ABOVE.

GENERAL

This document includes particulars given in compliance with the Listing Rules for the purposes of giving information with regard to the Company. The Directors collectively and individually accept full responsibility for the accuracy of the information contained in this document and confirm, having made all reasonable enquiries, that to the best of their knowledge and belief there are no other facts the omission of which would make any statement herein misleading.

At the date of this Proxy Statement, the Board has no knowledge of any business which has been presented for consideration at the Annual General Meeting other than that described above.

Present and former officers, directors and other employees of the Company may solicit proxies and ADS voting instructions by telephone, telecopy, telegram or mail, or by meetings with Shareholders or their representatives. The Company will reimburse brokers, ADS depositary, banks or other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for their charges and expenses in forwarding proxy materials to beneficial owners. All expenses of solicitation of proxies will be borne by the Company.

 

By Order of the Board,
LOGO
Sterling Du
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Dated: April 24, 2009

 

11


APPENDIX 1 — EXPLANATORY STATEMENT

This is an explanatory statement given to all Shareholders of the Company relating to a resolution (the “Resolution”) to be considered, and if thought fit, passed by Shareholders of the Company at the AGM authorizing the Repurchase Mandate.

LISTING RULES

This explanatory statement contains the information required by the Listing Rules, which provide that all repurchases of securities by a company with its primary listing on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Stock Exchange”) must be approved in advance by an ordinary resolution, either by way of a general mandate to the directors of the Company to make such repurchases or by specific approval in relation to specific transactions.

In repurchasing Ordinary Shares, the Company may only apply funds legally available for such purpose in accordance with its Memorandum and Articles of Association and the applicable laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands. The Company may not repurchase securities on the Stock Exchange for a consideration other than cash or for settlement otherwise than in accordance with the Listing Rules from time to time.

It is proposed that the Repurchase Mandate will authorize the repurchase by the Company of up to 10% of the Ordinary Shares in issue as at the date of passing the Resolution. As at March 31, 2009, the authorized ordinary share capital of the Company was US$95,000 comprising 4,750,000,000 Ordinary Shares, each with a par value of US$0.00002. On the basis of 1,839,591,200 Ordinary Shares in issue as at March 31, 2009, the Company would be authorized under the Repurchase Mandate to repurchase a maximum of 183,959,120 Ordinary Shares (being 10% of the Ordinary Shares in issue) during the period during which the Repurchase Mandate remains in force.

REASONS FOR REPURCHASES

Repurchases of Ordinary Shares will only be made when the Board believes that such a repurchase will benefit the Company and its Shareholders. Such repurchases may, depending on market conditions and funding arrangements at that time, lead to an enhancement of the net asset value of the Company and/or its earnings per share. On the other hand, there may be a material adverse impact on the working capital position of the Company in the event that the Repurchase Mandate is exercised in full. However, the Board does not propose to exercise the Repurchase Mandate to such extent as would, in the circumstances, have a material adverse effect on the working capital requirements of the Company or on its gearing ratio which in the opinion of the Board are from time to time appropriate for the Company.

The Board believes that this Repurchase Mandate is customary for many Stock Exchange-listed companies and would provide necessary flexibility for the Company to conduct its normal business activities.

DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTS

The Directors confirm that, none of them or, to the best of their knowledge having made all reasonable enquiries, any of their associates have a present intention, in the event that the renewal of the Repurchase Mandate is approved by the Shareholders of the Company, to sell Ordinary Shares to the Company. No connected person of the Company has notified the Company that they have a present intention to sell Ordinary Shares to the Company or has undertaken not to sell Ordinary Shares to the Company or have undertaken not to sell any of the Ordinary Shares held by them to the Company in the event the Company is authorized to make a purchase of Ordinary Shares.

 

12


UNDERTAKING

The Company’s directors have undertaken to the Stock Exchange that, so far as the same may be applicable, they will exercise the Repurchase Mandate only in accordance with the Listing Rules and the applicable laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands.

SHARE PRICES

During each of the 12 months preceding the date of this report, the highest and lowest traded prices for Ordinary Shares on the Stock Exchange were as follows:

 

     High (HK$)    Low (HK$)

2008

     

April

   1.40    1.00

May

   1.60    1.18

June

   1.40    0.88

July

   1.35    0.78

August

   0.90    0.65

September

   1.02    0.38

October

   0.80    0.25

November

   0.70    0.28

December

   1.00    0.25

2009

     

January

   1.00    0.28

February

   1.00    0.17

March

   0.70    0.25

No purchases were made by the Company in the previous six months.

EFFECTS OF THE TAKEOVERS CODE

If as a result of a repurchase of securities of the Company, the proportionate interest in the voting rights of the Company of a shareholder increases, such increase will be treated as an acquisition for the purposes of the Takeovers Code. Accordingly, a shareholder, or a group of shareholders acting in concert, depending on the level of increase of the shareholders’ interest, could obtain or consolidate control of the Company and become obliged to make a mandatory offer in accordance with Rule 26 of the Takeovers Code. As at the Latest Practicable Date, the Directors are not aware of the consequences of any increase in the voting rights of any existing shareholder resulting from an exercise in full of the proposed Repurchase Mandate which will result in Rule 26 of the Takeovers Code being triggered.

 

13

Exhibit 99.4

THIS CIRCULAR IS IMPORTANT AND REQUIRES YOUR IMMEDIATE ATTENTION

Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited, The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited, Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited, the Cayman Islands Stock Exchange and Nasdaq Global Select Market take no responsibility for the contents of this circular, make no representation as to its accuracy or completeness and expressly disclaim any liability whatsoever for any loss howsoever arising from or in reliance upon the whole or any part of the contents of this circular.

If you are in any doubt as to any aspect of this circular, you should consult your stockbroker or other registered dealer in securities, bank manager, solicitor, professional accountant or other professional adviser.

If you have sold or transferred all your shares in O 2 Micro International Limited, you should at once hand this circular to the purchaser or transferee or to the bank, stockbroker or other agent through whom the sale or transfer was effected for transmission to the purchaser or transferee.

This circular is for information only and does not constitute an offer or invitation to acquire, purchase or subscribe for securities of O 2 Micro International Limited.

LOGO

(Incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)

(Stock Code 457)

PROPOSED VOLUNTARY WITHDRAWAL OF LISTING ON

THE STOCK EXCHANGE OF HONG KONG LIMITED AND

RELATED CONDITIONAL AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION, ADOPTION OF 2009

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

AND AMENDMENT OF 2005 SHARE OPTION PLAN

AND 2005 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

A notice convening an extraordinary general meeting of O 2 Micro International Limited (the “Company”) to be held at or about 2:15 p.m. on Friday, 29 May 2009, Cayman Islands time (3:15 a.m. on 30 May 2009, Hong Kong time) at the offices of Maples and Calder, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands is set out on page 54 of this circular. Shareholders are advised (whether they are able to attend the meeting or not) to read the notice and complete the accompanying form of proxy in accordance with the instructions printed thereon and return it to the Company’s Hong Kong Branch Registrar, at Rooms 1806–1807, 18th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong as soon as possible and in any event not later than 48 hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Completion and return of the form of proxy will not preclude Shareholders from attending and voting in person at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. Holders of American depositary shares should complete, date and sign the accompanying ADS Voting Instruction Card for American depositary shares in accordance with the instructions it contains. ADS Voting Instruction Cards must be returned to The Bank of New York Mellon, the depositary bank for the American depositary share program at 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, United States, by 5:00 p.m. on 21 May 2009, New York time (5:00 a.m. on 22 May 2009, Hong Kong time).

24 April 2009

 

* For identification purposes only


CONTENTS

 

     Page

Indicative timetable

   ii

Definitions

   iv

Letter from the Board

  

Proposed Withdrawal

   1

Introduction

   1

Reasons for the Proposed Withdrawal

   2

Conditions of the Proposed Withdrawal

   3

Effects of the Proposed Withdrawal

   3

Actions to be taken

   4

Adoption of the Proposed Articles

   4

Adoption of 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

   5

Amendments to the 2005 Share Option Plan

   5

Amendments to the 2005 Share Incentive Plan

   5

General

   6

Appendix I Arrangements for deposit into and withdrawal from the ADS Program and summary of terms of the Deposit Agreement

   7

Appendix II Proposed Articles

   18

Notice of Extraordinary General Meeting

   54

Proxy Statement

   56

 

— i —


INDICATIVE TIMETABLE

 

          2009

Hong Kong time

      Cayman Islands time

Latest time for ADS holders lodging ADS Voting Instruction Cards for the EGM (Note 1)

   5:00 a.m. on Friday,    4:00 p.m. on Thursday,
   22 May    21 May

Latest time for Shareholders lodging forms of proxy for the EGM

   3:15 a.m. on Thursday,    2:15 p.m. on Wednesday,
   28 May    27 May

EGM (Note 2)

   at or about 3:15 a.m.    at or about 2:15 p.m.
   on Saturday, 30 May    on Friday, 29 May

Announcement of results of the EGM and notice of the withdrawal of listing

   9:30 a.m. on Monday,    8:30 p.m. on Sunday,
   1 June    31 May

Announcement of

     

(1) satisfaction of conditions;

     

(2) last day of dealings; and

     

(3) date of the withdrawal of listing

   9:30 a.m. on Tuesday,    8:30 p.m. on Monday,
   1 September    31 August

Last day of dealings in Shares on the Stock Exchange

   4:00 p.m. on Wednesday,    3:00 a.m. on Wednesday,
   2 September    2 September

First day for depositing the Shares into the ADS Program with BoNYM free of charge (Note 3)

   9:30 a.m. on Thursday,    8:30 p.m. on Wednesday,
   3 September    2 September

Withdrawal of listing on the Stock Exchange

   4:30 p.m. on Wednesday,    3:30 a.m. on Wednesday,
   9 September    9 September

Closure of Hong Kong register of members and transfer of Shares to Cayman Islands sole register of members

   4:30 p.m. on Monday,    3:30 a.m. on Monday,
   21 September    21 September

Last day for depositing the Shares into the ADS Program with BoNYM free of charge (Note 3)

   5:00 p.m. on Sunday,    4:00 a.m. on Sunday,
   1 November    1 November

 

— ii —


INDICATIVE TIMETABLE

 

Notes:

 

1. For reference, the corresponding time in New York is 5:00 p.m. on Thursday, 21 May 2009.

 

2. The EGM will be held immediately after the 2009 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, which is to be held at 2:00 p.m. on Friday, 29 May 2009, Cayman Islands time (3:00 a.m. on Saturday, 30 May 2009, Hong Kong time).

 

3. For 60 days from 3 September 2009 to 1 November 2009 (both dates inclusive), BoNYM has agreed that Shareholders can deposit their Shares into the ADS Program free of charge (on business days: Friday, 30 October 2009 is expected to be the last business day for such deposits to be made free of charge). All costs relating to depositing Shares into the ADS Program after this period will be borne by the depositing Shareholder. For further details, please refer to Appendix I to this circular.

 

— iii —


DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the following capitalised terms shall have the meanings set opposite them below:

 

“ADR(s)”

   American depositary receipt(s) evidencing ADSs

“ADS Program”

   the Company’s American depositary share program administered by BoNYM

“ADS(s)”

   American depositary share(s) executed and delivered by BoNYM, representing 50 Shares each, which are listed for trading on the NASDAQ

“Articles”

   the Company’s articles of association (as amended, supplemented and/or restated and in effect from time to time)

“Board”

   our board of Directors

“Board Lot”

   the standard number of Shares constituting one lot for trading purposes. Our Shares are traded in Board Lots of 2,000 Shares on the Stock Exchange

“BoNYM”

   The Bank of New York Mellon, the depositary bank for the ADS Program

“Cayman Islands Principal Registrar”

   Maples Corporate Services Limited, whose address is Ugland House, P.O. Box 309, Grand Cayman KY1–1104, Cayman Islands

“Cayman Islands Sole Registrar”

   Maples Finance Limited whose address is P.O. Box 1093, Boundary Hall, Cricket Square, Grand Cayman KY1–1102, Cayman Islands

“CCASS”

   the Central Clearing and Settlement System established and operated by HKSCC

“CCASS Investor Participant”

   means a person admitted to participate in CCASS as an Investor Participant, who may be an individual or joint individuals or a corporation (as defined in the General Rules of CCASS, as amended, issued by HKSCC)

“CCASS Participant”

   a person admitted to participate in CCASS as a Participant (as defined in the General Rules of CCASS, as amended, issued by HKSCC)

“Companies Law”

   the Companies Law (2007 Revision) of the Cayman Islands (as amended)

“Company”, “our Company”,

“we” and “us”

   O 2 Micro International Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with limited liability on 14 March 1997, and where the context so permits “we”, “us” or “our” shall mean or refer to the Group

 

— iv —


DEFINITIONS

 

“Delisting Date”

   the last day of dealing in Shares on the Stock Exchange

“Deposit Agreement”

   the deposit agreement relating to the ADS Program among our Company, BoNYM and the owners and beneficial owners of ADRs from time to time

“Director(s)”

   director(s) of our Company

“EGM”

   an extraordinary general meeting of the Company to be convened for the purpose (amongst others) of considering and approving the Proposed Withdrawal, as set out in the notice thereof in this circular

“Group”

   our Company and its subsidiaries

“HKSCC”

   Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited

“Hong Kong”

   the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the PRC

“Hong Kong Branch Registrar”

   Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited, of Rooms 1806–1807, 18th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong

“ Hong Kong Record Date”

   11 May 2009, being the record date for the purpose of determining Shareholders entitled to receive this circular, including the notice of the EGM, and to vote at the EGM

“Introduction”

   the listing of our Shares on the Stock Exchange by way of introduction on 2 March 2006

“Listing Committee”

   the listing sub-committee of the board of directors of the Stock Exchange

“Listing Rules”

   the Rules Governing the Listing of Securities on the Stock Exchange (as amended from time to time)

“Main Board”

   the Main Board of the Stock Exchange

“NASDAQ”

   the Global Select Market of the Nasdaq Stock Market in the United States

“PRC”

   the People’s Republic of China which, for the purpose of this circular, does not include Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan

“Proposed Articles”

   amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company proposed for adoption at the EGM, and set out in Appendix II to this circular

“Proxy Statement”

   the proxy statement set out on pages 56–72 of this circular

 

— v —


DEFINITIONS

 

“Proposed Withdrawal”

   the proposed voluntary withdrawal of the listing of our Shares on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange

“SEC”

   the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

“Share(s)”

   ordinary share(s) of our Company with a par value of US$0.00002 each

“Shareholders”

   registered holder(s) of our Shares

“Stock Exchange”

   The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited

“United States” or “U.S.”

   the United States of America

“U.S. Record Date”

   17 April 2009, being the record date for the purpose of determining ADS holders entitled to receive this circular, including the notice of the EGM, and to vote at the EGM

 

— vi —


LETTER FROM THE BOARD

LOGO

(Incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)

(Stock Code 457)

 

Executive Directors:   Registered Office:
Mr. Sterling Du   c/o Maples Corporate Services Limited
Mr. Chuan Chiung “Perry” Kuo   Ugland House
Mr. James Elvin Keim   P.O. Box 309
  Grand Cayman KY1-1104
Independent Non-executive Directors:   Cayman Islands
Mr. Michael Austin  
Mr. Teik Seng Tan   Head Office and Principal Place of Business:
Mr. Lawrence Lai-Fu Lin   Grand Pavilion Commercial Centre
Mr. Keisuke Yawata   West Bay Road
Mr. Xiaolang Yan   P.O. Box 32331 SMB
Mr. Ji Liu   George Town
  Grand Cayman
  Cayman Islands

24 April 2009

To the Shareholders and ADS holders

Dear Sir or Madam,

PROPOSED VOLUNTARY WITHDRAWAL OF LISTING ON

THE STOCK EXCHANGE OF HONG KONG LIMITED AND

RELATED CONDITIONAL AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION, ADOPTION OF 2009

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

AND AMENDMENT OF 2005 SHARE OPTION PLAN

AND 2005 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

PROPOSED WITHDRAWAL

INTRODUCTION

Our Shares were listed on the Stock Exchange by way of an Introduction on 2 March 2006. This listing was and remains a dual primary listing, alongside our primary listing of ADSs on the NASDAQ which has been in place since 28 November 2005. In addition, we have maintained secondary listings of our Shares and ADSs on the Cayman Islands Stock Exchange since the Introduction.

 

* For identifiaction purposes only

 

— 1 —


LETTER FROM THE BOARD

 

On 27 February 2009, we announced that we had, on that date, submitted an application to the Stock Exchange for the voluntary withdrawal of the listing of our Shares on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange, subject to the conditions set out in the section below headed “CONDITIONS OF THE PROPOSED WITHDRAWAL”. We intend to retain the primary listing of ADSs on the NASDAQ, and the secondary listing of the ADSs on the Cayman Islands Stock Exchange, following the Proposed Withdrawal becoming effective and for the foreseeable future. The secondary listing of our Shares on the Cayman Islands Stock Exchange will cease upon the Proposed Withdrawal becoming effective. An indicative timetable of the Proposed Withdrawal is set out on page ii of this circular.

Subject to the Proposed Withdrawal becoming effective, Shareholders will have the option of either (i) holding the Shares (which will not be listed on the Stock Exchange after the Delisting Date), or (ii) subject to depositing their Shares with BoNYM and complying with the requisite procedures and U.S. securities laws, holding their interest in the form of ADSs, which are listed for trading on the NASDAQ. For further information, please refer to the section below headed “EFFECTS OF THE PROPOSED WITHDRAWAL”.

Actions to be taken by the Shareholders to proceed with either of the options set out above are provided in the section below headed “ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN”.

As at the close of business on 31 March 2009, based on reports from BoNYM and our Hong Kong Branch Registrar, we had issued a total of 1,839,591,200 Shares of which 1,834,693,200 Shares (approximately 99.7% of the Shares in issue) had been deposited for ADSs for trading on the NASDAQ and the remaining 4,898,000 Shares (approximately 0.3% of the Shares in issue) were able to be traded on the Stock Exchange.

REASONS FOR THE PROPOSED WITHDRAWAL

The principal reasons for the Proposed Withdrawal are:

 

(i) Our base of Shareholders registered in our Hong Kong branch register is small and the trading volume of our Shares on the Stock Exchange is low compared to the trading of Shares in the form of ADSs on the NASDAQ. As noted above, as at the close of business on 31 March 2009, approximately 99.7% of our issued share capital was in the form of ADSs and only tradable on the NASDAQ. From the Introduction to 31 March 2009, more than 99.3% of the total trading volume of Shares (including Shares traded in the form of ADSs) on the Stock Exchange and the NASDAQ took place on the NASDAQ in the form of ADSs.

 

(ii) The Company has not raised any additional capital in the public securities markets since the Introduction, and does not anticipate doing so in the foreseeable future.

 

(iii) Maintaining the listing of our Shares on the Stock Exchange involves significant cost to the Company, both financially and through the commitment of other resources. The Directors believe this expenditure is not justified in view of the factors noted above, which are currently aggravated by generally depressed conditions and prospects in the business and financial markets.

 

(iv) Although Asia, and particularly Greater China, remain important to the Company’s long-term strategic development, the Directors do not believe the continued listing of our Shares on the Stock Exchange is necessary or efficient at this stage in maintaining our long-term commitment to Asia.

For the reasons stated above, the Directors believe that the Proposed Withdrawal is in the best interest of the Shareholders as a whole and recommend the approval of the Proposed Withdrawal.

 

— 2 —


LETTER FROM THE BOARD

 

CONDITIONS OF THE PROPOSED WITHDRAWAL

Pursuant to Rule 6.11 of the Listing Rules, the Proposed Withdrawal is conditional upon:

 

(i) the approval of the Shareholders by way of an ordinary resolution in a general meeting;

 

(ii) the approval of the Listing Committee of the Stock Exchange; and

 

(iii) the Company having given its Shareholders at least three months’ notice of the Proposed Withdrawal.

For condition (i), the EGM will be convened on Friday, 29 May 2009. A notice of the EGM is set out on page 54 of this circular. No Shareholder is required to abstain from voting at the EGM. As regards condition (ii), we applied for the relevant approval on 27 February 2009 as noted in the section above headed “INTRODUCTION”. For condition (iii), subject to the approval of the Proposed Withdrawal by the Shareholders at the EGM, three months’ notice of the Proposed Withdrawal is expected to be given to the Shareholders on the date set out in the indicative timetable on page ii of this circular.

Pursuant to the Listing Rules, approval of the Proposed Withdrawal by way of an ordinary resolution at the EGM shall be decided on a poll.

Shareholders should note that the Proposed Withdrawal is subject to, inter alia , the conditions set out above being fulfilled or waived, as applicable, including approval by the Listing Committee of the Stock Exchange and by Shareholders. Accordingly, the Proposed Withdrawal may or may not become effective. Shareholders should exercise caution when dealing in the Shares.

EFFECTS OF THE PROPOSED WITHDRAWAL

On the Company

The Directors do not expect that the implementation of the Proposed Withdrawal will cause any diminution in the net asset value or earnings per Share of the Company or adversely affect the business of the Group, but expect that it will enable the Company to effect cost savings.

On the Shareholders

After the Proposed Withdrawal becomes effective, Shareholders will lose the protection of the Listing Rules regarding their Shares, as well as the secondary listing of the Shares on the Cayman Islands Stock Exchange.

After the Delisting Date, the Shares will cease to be tradable on the Stock Exchange unless such Shares are deposited into the ADS Program which enables them to be traded on the NASDAQ in the form of ADSs.

Shareholders’ rights conferred under our Articles and Cayman Islands law will remain unchanged, save for the changes incorporated in the Proposed Articles as mentioned in the section below headed “ADOPTION OF THE PROPOSED ARTICLES”. No substantive changes will be made to the Company’s memorandum of association as a result of the adoption of the Proposed Articles.

 

— 3 —


LETTER FROM THE BOARD

 

On the ADS Holders

For ADS holders, the ADSs will remain listed for trading on the NASDAQ and the existing rights and obligations of ADS holders will not be affected following the Proposed Withdrawal becoming effective, except that the rights and obligations attached to the Shares underlying the ADSs will be affected by the adoption of the Proposed Articles as described in the section below headed “ADOPTION OF THE PROPOSED ARTICLES”. A summary of the terms of the Deposit Agreement with BoNYM, including rights conferred on the ADS holders, is set out in Appendix I to this circular.

ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN

Actions to be taken by Shareholders

If you are a Shareholder and wish to continue holding the Shares (which will not be tradable on the Stock Exchange after the Delisting Date), you need not take any action.

If you wish to enable your Shares to be deposited for ADSs for trading on the NASDAQ after the Proposed Withdrawal becomes effective, please refer to Appendix I to this circular which sets out the actions that you should take, and note the BoNYM 60-day fee waiver period described in that appendix.

Actions to be taken by holders of our Shares through CCASS

If you are a beneficial owner of Shares that are registered in the name of HKSCC, whether directly or through a broker or custodian bank or other intermediary, and you wish to continue holding the Shares, you should contact HKSCC or your broker or custodian bank or intermediary, as the case may be, and cause such Shares to be withdrawn from CCASS and registered directly in your or your nominee’s name, before the closure of the Hong Kong branch register of members, which is expected to take place at the time and date set out in the indicative timetable on page ii of this circular.

If you wish to enable your Shares to be deposited for ADSs for trading on the NASDAQ following the Proposed Withdrawal, please refer to Appendix I to this circular which sets out the actions you should take, and note the BoNYM 60-day fee waiver period described in that appendix.

Note to ADS holders

If you are an ADS holder, you are not required to take any action, should you wish to continue holding the ADSs. If you wish to withdraw your Shares from the ADS Program, please refer to Appendix I to this circular which sets out the actions you should take. Please note that, upon the Proposed Withdrawal becoming effective, our Shares will not be listed on the Stock Exchange.

ADOPTION OF THE PROPOSED ARTICLES

In conjunction with the Proposed Withdrawal, the Board recommends that the Proposed Articles be adopted at the EGM, conditionally upon the Proposed Withdrawal, if approved, becoming effective. The Proposed Withdrawal is currently expected to become effective on 9 September 2009. The Board recommends that the Proposed Articles be adopted in order to remove previous amendments made (in November 2005) to the Articles in compliance with the Listing Rules for the purpose of the Introduction, as well as to make related conforming changes and to correct certain non-substantive errors and omissions. A summary of the material changes to the current Articles which we are proposing for adoption is contained in the section headed “Proposal No. 2: Adoption of the Proposed Articles — Brief Summary of Changes” of the Proxy Statement. For details of the Proposed Articles, please refer to Appendix II to this circular, which sets out the Proposed Articles in full.

 

— 4 —


LETTER FROM THE BOARD

 

ADOPTION OF 2009 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

In conjunction with the Proposed Withdrawal, the Board recommends that the adoption of a 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan be approved at the EGM, its implementation to be conditional upon the Proposed Withdrawal, if approved, becoming effective. The Proposed Withdrawal is currently expected to become effective on 9 September 2009. The Board recommends that the 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan be adopted in order to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentives to employees and to promote the success of our business.

A summary of the principal terms of the 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is contained in the section headed “Proposal No. 3: Adoption of 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan” of the Proxy Statement, and a copy of the complete terms of the 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is available for inspection by Shareholders and ADS holders at KCS Hong Kong Limited of 8th Floor, Gloucester Tower, The Landmark, 15 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong or the Company’s office at 3118 Patrick Henry Drive, Santa Clara CA 95094.

AMENDMENTS TO THE 2005 SHARE OPTION PLAN

In conjunction with the Proposed Withdrawal, the Board recommends that certain amendments to the Company’s 2005 Share Option Plan, to increase the number of Shares available for issue thereunder from 100,000,000 to 175,000,000 Shares (an increase of 75,000,000 Shares) and to remove references to Hong Kong and Hong Kong related rules and regulations, be approved at the EGM, their implementation to be conditional upon the Proposed Withdrawal, if approved, becoming effective. The Proposed Withdrawal is currently expected to become effective on 9 September 2009.

A general description of the principal terms of the Company’s 2005 Share Option Plan is contained in the section headed “Proposal No. 4: Amendment of 2005 Share Option Plan by Increasing the Number of Shares Available under it from 100,000,000 to 175,000,000 Shares and Removing References to Hong Kong and Hong Kong related Rules and Regulations” of the Proxy Statement, and a copy of the complete terms of the Company’s 2005 Share Option Plan incorporating the proposed amendments is available for inspection by Shareholders and ADS holders at KCS Hong Kong Limited of 8th Floor, Gloucester Tower, The Landmark, 15 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong or the Company’s office at 3118 Patrick Henry Drive, Santa Clara CA 95094.

AMENDMENTS TO THE 2005 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

In conjunction with the Proposed Withdrawal, the Board recommends that certain amendments to the Company’s 2005 Share Incentive Plan, to increase the number of Shares available for issue thereunder from 75,000,000 to 125,000,000 Shares (an increase of 50,000,000 Shares) and to remove references to Hong Kong and Hong Kong related rules and regulations, be approved at the EGM, their implementation to be conditional upon the Proposed Withdrawal, if approved, becoming effective. The Proposed Withdrawal is currently expected to become effective on 9 September 2009.

A general description of the principal terms of the Company’s 2005 Share Incentive Plan is contained in the section headed “Proposal No. 5: Amendment of the 2005 Share Incentive Plan by Increasing the Number of Shares Available under it from 75,000,000 to 125,000,000 Shares and Removing References to Hong Kong and Hong Kong related Rules and Regulations” of the Proxy Statement and a copy of the complete terms of the Company’s 2005 Share Incentive Plan incorporating the proposed amendments is available for inspection by Shareholders and ADS holders at KCS Hong Kong Limited of 8th Floor, Gloucester Tower, The Landmark, 15 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong or the Company’s office at 3118 Patrick Henry Drive, Santa Clara CA 95094.

 

— 5 —


LETTER FROM THE BOARD

 

GENERAL

All registered holders of Shares as of the close of business on the Hong Kong Record Date will be entitled to vote at the EGM on the basis of one vote for each Share held. Holders of ADSs as at the U.S. Record Date are entitled to instruct BoNYM, as depositary for the Company’s ADS Program, on how to vote the Shares underlying their ADSs, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement which governs the Company’s ADS Program. A summary of those provisions is included in the Proxy Statement.

Please review the information set out in the appendices to this circular, and the notice of EGM and the Proxy Statement that are also contained in this circular, before considering whether to vote for or against the resolutions to be proposed at the EGM.

This circular will be available for inspection at the office of our Hong Kong Branch Registrar, at Rooms 1806–1807, 18th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong, during normal business hours from the date of this circular up to and including the date of the EGM.

This circular will be attached to a current report on Form 6-K to be submitted to the SEC (the “Form 6-K”). The Form 6-K will also be available to be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and will also be available to the public from the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this circular will also be available at the EGM.

Whether or not you plan to attend the EGM, the Company requests that you please exercise your voting rights by completing and returning your proxy or ADS Voting Instruction Card, as applicable, promptly in accordance with the accompanying instructions.

 

Yours faithfully,

By Order of the Board

O 2 Micro International Limited Sterling Du

Executive Director

 

— 6 —


APPENDIX I — ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEPOSIT INTO AND WITHDRAWAL FROM

THE ADS PROGRAM AND SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

INTRODUCTION: THE NASDAQ STOCK MARKET

According to its latest annual report for the year ended 31 December 2008 filed with the SEC, The Nasdaq Stock Market is the largest equity securities market in the United States, both in terms of both number of listed companies and share value traded. As of 31 December 2008, The Nasdaq Stock Market was home to over 3,000 listed companies. Companies seeking to list securities on The Nasdaq Stock Market must meet minimum listing requirements, including specified financial and corporate governance criteria. Once listed, companies must meet continued listing standards.

The Nasdaq Stock Market currently has three tiers of listed companies: The Nasdaq Global Select Market, The Nasdaq Global Market and The Nasdaq Capital Market. The Nasdaq Global Select Market, on which our ADSs are currently traded, maintains the most stringent listing standards of the three tiers. You may obtain more information about The Nasdaq Stock Market on its website: www.nasdaq.com.

INFORMATION REGARDING THE ADS PROGRAM

Registers

The principal register of members is currently maintained by the Cayman Islands Principal Registrar. The Company has established a branch register of members in Hong Kong since the Introduction which is maintained by the Hong Kong Branch Registrar. Please note that, following the Proposed Withdrawal becoming effective, the said branch register of members in Hong Kong will be closed (currently expected to take place at 4:30 p.m. on 21 September 2009, Hong Kong time), and the names of the Shareholders appearing on that register of members and the names of the Shareholders appearing on the said principal register of members, will ultimately be transferred (via the Company) to the sole register of members which will be maintained by the Cayman Island Sole Registrar.

Depositary

The depositary for the ADSs is BoNYM, of 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10286, United States. The ADSs are evidenced by ADRs that are executed and delivered by BoNYM.

Each ADS represents ownership interests in 50 Shares or the right to receive 50 Shares which we have placed in the name of BoNYM and deposited with the Hong Kong branch of The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (“HSBC”), as custodian, in Hong Kong. HSBC’s Hong Kong branch is located at 5/F, Tower 1, HSBC Centre, 1 Sham Mong Road, Kowloon, Hong Kong. Each ADS will also represent any other securities, cash or other property deposited with BoNYM but not distributed to ADS holders.

ADSs may be held either directly (by having an ADR registered in the holder’s name) or indirectly through the holder’s broker or other financial institution. The following discussion regarding ADSs assumes the holder holds its ADSs directly. If a holder holds the ADSs indirectly, it must rely on the procedures of its broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described herein. If applicable, you should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

We do not treat ADS holders as our Shareholders, and ADS holders have no Shareholder rights. Cayman Islands law governs our Shareholder rights. Because BoNYM actually holds the Shares represented by ADSs, ADS holders must rely on it to exercise the rights of a Shareholder. The obligations of BoNYM are set out in the Deposit Agreement. The Deposit Agreement and the ADRs evidencing ADSs are generally governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

— 7 —


APPENDIX I — ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEPOSIT INTO AND WITHDRAWAL FROM

THE ADS PROGRAM AND SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

 

Dealings and Settlement

 

1. The brokerage commission in respect of trades of ADSs on the NASDAQ is freely negotiable.

 

2. Settlement of dealings on the NASDAQ will take place on the third business day following the date of transaction.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Investors who trade ADSs on the NASDAQ should note that their trades will be effected in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, investors should be aware of the foreign exchange risks associated with such trading.

ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEPOSIT INTO AND WITHDRAWAL FROM THE ADS PROGRAM

Depositing Shares into the ADS Program

ADSs are listed for trading on the NASDAQ. If a Shareholder wishes to trade ADSs on the NASDAQ, he must cause Shares to be deposited into the ADS Program (through either the physical delivery option or the electronic delivery option set out below) and cause his broker or other financial institution to trade such ADSs on the NASDAQ. A deposit of the Shares into the ADS Program involves the following procedures:

Physical delivery option

 

(1) The Shareholder shall complete a Share transfer form which is on the back of the Share certificate or available from the Hong Kong Branch Registrar or the Cayman Islands Sole Registrar, as applicable, and submit the same together with the Share certificate(s) for the transfer of Shares into the name of BoNYM to the Hong Kong Branch Registrar or the Cayman Islands Sole Registrar, as applicable. If the Shares have been deposited with CCASS, the Shareholder must first withdraw such Shares from his investor participant stock account with CCASS or from the stock account of his designated CCASS Participant and then submit the relevant Share transfer form(s) executed by HKSCC Nominees Limited, together with the relevant Share certificate(s), and any other duly completed Share transfer form necessary for the transfer of the Shares into the name of BoNYM to the Hong Kong Branch Registrar or the Cayman Islands Sole Registrar, as applicable.

 

(2) Upon receipt of the Share transfer forms, including where appropriate the completed share transfer form(s) executed by HKSCC Nominees Limited, together with the relevant Share certificate(s), the Hong Kong Branch Registrar or the Cayman Islands Sole Registrar, as applicable, shall take all actions necessary to effect the transfer of the Shares into the name of BoNYM on the branch register of members in Hong Kong and the principal register of members in the Cayman Islands, or the sole register of members in the Cayman Islands, as applicable.

 

(3) Upon completion of the transfer on the branch register of members in Hong Kong and the principal register of members in the Cayman Islands, the Hong Kong Branch Registrar shall issue the relevant Share certificate(s) and deliver the share certificate(s) to HSBC, as custodian of BoNYM; or Upon completion of the transfer on the sole register of members in the Cayman Islands, the Cayman Islands Sole Registrar shall prepare the relevant Share certificate(s) for the Company to issue and deliver to HSBC, as custodian of BoNYM.

 

— 8 —


APPENDIX I — ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEPOSIT INTO AND WITHDRAWAL FROM

THE ADS PROGRAM AND SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

 

(4) Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, BoNYM will execute and deliver ADRs evidencing the appropriate number of ADSs in the name requested by the Shareholder at its office to the persons designated by the Shareholder.

Note: Under normal circumstances, steps (1) to (4) generally require six to ten business days to complete.

Electronic delivery option (applicable to, and must be completed, prior to the Proposed Withdrawal becoming effective, by beneficial owners/CCASS Investor Participants whose Shares have been deposited with CCASS)

 

(1) If the Shares have been deposited with CCASS, (i) the beneficial owner shall contact his broker or other financial institutions as appropriate to liaise with HSBC, as custodian of BoNYM, or (ii) the CCASS Investor Participant shall contact and liaise directly with HSBC, as custodian of BoNYM.

 

(2) Thereafter, HSBC, as custodian of BoNYM, and the broker or other financial institutions as appropriate or the CCASS Investor Participant, as applicable, shall take all actions necessary to effect the transfer of Shares into the name of BoNYM.

 

(3) Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, BoNYM will execute and deliver ADRs evidencing the appropriate number of ADSs in the name requested by the Shareholder at its office to the persons designated by the Shareholder.

Note: Under normal circumstances, steps (1) to (3) generally require one to two business days to complete.

Shares deposited (whether through the physical delivery option or the electronic delivery option) for execution and delivery of ADSs must be freely transferable. The Company and its affiliates may not deposit Shares unless those Shares are registered under, or exempted from, the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Withdrawal of Shares from the ADS Program

If an investor who holds ADSs wishes to hold Shares (which will not be tradable on the Stock Exchange after the Delisting Date), he must withdraw Shares from the ADS Program. A withdrawal of Shares from the ADS Program involves the following procedures:

 

(1) To withdraw Shares from the ADS Program, an investor who holds ADSs may turn in ADRs evidencing such ADSs at the office of BoNYM. An investor has the right to cancel ADSs and withdraw the underlying Shares at any time except when temporary delays arise because BoNYM has closed its transfer books in connection with voting at a Shareholders’ meeting or the payment of dividends; when the investor or other ADS holders seeking to withdraw Shares owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of Shares or other deposited securities.

 

— 9 —


APPENDIX I — ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEPOSIT INTO AND WITHDRAWAL FROM

THE ADS PROGRAM AND SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

 

(2) Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, BoNYM will deliver the Shares underlying the ADSs to an account designated by the investor and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs at HSBC, or, at an investor’s request, risk and expense, BoNYM will deliver the deposited securities to the investor’s office. Regarding deposited securities, other than Shares, which underlie ADSs, the Company currently has no plans to distribute any such securities or cause such securities to be deposited into the ADS Program. The Deposit Agreement, however, contains provisions to address any such distribution in case it should arise, which are summarized below. Subject to applicable legal requirements, a distribution of securities other than Shares could possibly include equity securities of a different class from the Shares, debt securities or equity or debt securities of a third party.

 

(3) Upon the withdrawal of Shares from the ADS Program, a completed form of transfer, which may be obtained from the Hong Kong Branch Registrar or the Cayman Islands Sole Registrar, as applicable, signed by HSBC, as custodian of BoNYM, as transferor and the investor as transferee, should be submitted to the Hong Kong Branch Registrar or the Cayman Islands Sole Registrar, as applicable, together with the Share certificate. An investor may obtain the signature of HSBC, as custodian of BoNYM, by sending the transfer form by courier or by registered mail, in each case, with return envelope to HSBC.

 

(4) The Hong Kong Branch Registrar shall update the branch register of members in Hong Kong and cause the principal register of members in the Cayman Islands to be similarly updated. It shall then issue Share certificate(s) as specified above. Dispatch of Share certificate(s) will be made at the risk and expense of the investor; or

The Cayman Islands Sole Registrar shall update the sole register of members in the Cayman Islands. It shall then prepare the Share certificate(s) for the Company to issue. Dispatch of Share certificate(s) will be made at the risk and expense of the investor.

Note: Under normal circumstances, steps (1) to (4) generally require six to ten business days to complete.

Before BoNYM will execute and deliver or register a transfer of an ADR, make a distribution on an ADR, or permit withdrawal of Shares, BoNYM may require:

 

(1) production of satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signatory or signature or other information it deems necessary; and

 

(2) compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the Deposit Agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

BoNYM may refuse to execute, deliver, transfer, or register transfers of ADRs generally when the transfer books of BoNYM or our registrar is closed or at any time if BoNYM determines it advisable to do so.

All costs attributable to the transfer of Shares to effect a deposit of Shares into, or withdrawal of Shares from, the ADS Program shall be borne by the Shareholder requesting the transfer. Investors should note that the Hong Kong Branch Registrar will charge HK$2.50 to HK$20 for each Share certificate cancelled or issued by it in respect of each transfer of Shares from one registered owner to another. Also, a scrip fee of HK$1.50 per Board Lot may be charged by HSBC, as custodian of BoNYM, to Shareholders choosing the electronic delivery option.

 

— 10 —


APPENDIX I — ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEPOSIT INTO AND WITHDRAWAL FROM

THE ADS PROGRAM AND SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

 

In addition, as noted below, holders of Shares and ADSs must pay US$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs for each execution and delivery of an ADR and each cancellation of an ADR, as the case may be, in connection with the deposit of Shares into, or withdrawal of Shares from, the ADS Program.

For illustrative purposes, a holder of Shares who wishes to deposit 5,000 Shares into the ADS Program would incur a maximum charge of US$5.00 for the execution and delivery to the holder of an ADR representing 100 ADSs and (i) HK$2.50 to HK$20 for each Share certificate transferred from the holder to BoNYM and issued by the Hong Kong Branch Registrar with respect to the 5,000 Shares or (ii) a scrip fee of HK$4.50 for Shareholders choosing the electronic delivery option.

Conversely, a holder of ADSs who wishes to surrender 100 ADSs for withdrawal of 5,000 Shares would incur similar charges. In addition to the above, holders of Shares and ADSs may also have to pay any applicable fee as stated in the Share transfer forms and any related brokerage commission.

For the sixty day period following the Delisting Date, BoNYM has agreed to waive its fees for the execution and delivery of ADRs.

SUMMARY OF THE TERMS OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

The following includes a summary of certain terms of the Deposit Agreement. This summary may not contain all the information that may be important to you. For more complete information, you should read the form of Deposit Agreement and the form of ADR, which are attached to the Company’s Form 6-K filed with the SEC on 7 November 2005. You may access such report by visiting the SEC’s website at www.sec. gov. The following discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Deposit Agreement and the form of ADR. You are urged to review such documents carefully and in their entirety.

Share Dividends and Other Distributions

How will ADR holders receive dividends and other distributions on the Shares?

BoNYM has agreed to pay to ADR holders the cash dividends or other distributions it receives on the Shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. ADR holders will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of Shares your ADRs represent.

 

   

Cash . BoNYM will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the Shares into U.S. dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States. If such conversion or distribution can be effected only with the approval or license of any government or agency thereof, BoNYM shall file such application for approval or license, if any, that it considers desirable. If such conversion is not possible on a reasonable basis or if any government approval is needed and cannot be obtained, the Deposit Agreement allows BoNYM to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADR holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADR holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest. Before making a distribution, BoNYM will deduct any withholding taxes that must be paid. It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when BoNYM cannot convert the foreign currency, ADR holders may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

 

— 11 —


APPENDIX I — ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEPOSIT INTO AND WITHDRAWAL FROM

THE ADS PROGRAM AND SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

 

   

Shares . BoNYM may, and upon our request shall, distribute new ADRs representing any Shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution, if we furnish it promptly with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. BoNYM will only distribute whole ADSs. It will sell Shares which would require it to execute and deliver a fractional ADS and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If BoNYM does not distribute additional ADRs, each ADS will also represent the new Shares.

 

   

Rights to receive additional Shares . If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional Shares or any other rights, BoNYM may, after consultation with us, make these rights available to ADR holders. If BoNYM decides it is not legal and practical to make the rights available but that it is practical to sell the rights, BoNYM will sell the rights and distribute the proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. BoNYM may allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, ADR holders will receive no value for them.

If BoNYM makes rights available to ADR holders, upon the instruction of a holder it will exercise the rights and purchase the Shares on such holder’s behalf. BoNYM will then deposit the Shares and execute and deliver ADRs to such holder. It will only exercise the rights if the ADR holder pays the exercise price and any other charges the rights require the ADR holder to pay.

U.S. securities laws may restrict the sale, deposit, cancellation, and transfer of the ADRs executed and delivered after exercise of rights. For example, a holder may not be able to trade the ADRs freely in the United States. In this case, BoNYM may execute and deliver the ADRs under a separate restricted deposit agreement which will contain the same provisions as the Deposit Agreement, except for changes needed to put the restrictions in place.

 

   

Other Distributions . BoNYM will send to ADR holders anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, BoNYM has a choice. It may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case ADRs will also represent the newly distributed property.

BoNYM is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADR holders. We have no obligation to register ADRs, Shares, rights or other securities under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADRs, Shares, rights or anything else to ADR holders. This means that ADR holders may not receive the distributions we make on our Shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to ADR holders.

Voting Rights

How do ADR holders vote?

ADR holders may instruct BoNYM to vote the Shares underlying their ADRs. Otherwise, ADR holders will not be able to exercise their rights to vote unless they withdraw the Shares. However, ADR holders may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the Shares. If we ask for instructions from ADR holders, we will give BoNYM notice of such meeting no less than 30 days prior to the meeting date and BoNYM will notify ADR holders of the upcoming vote and arrange to deliver our voting materials to ADR holders. The materials will:

 

   

describe the matters to be voted on; and

 

— 12 —


APPENDIX I — ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEPOSIT INTO AND WITHDRAWAL FROM

THE ADS PROGRAM AND SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

 

   

explain how ADR holders, on a certain date, may instruct BoNYM to vote the Shares or other deposited securities underlying their ADRs as the ADR holders direct. For instructions to be valid, BoNYM must receive them on or before the date specified. BoNYM will try, as far as practical, subject to Cayman Islands law and any other applicable law and the provisions of our Memorandum of Association and Articles, to vote or to have its agents vote the Shares or other deposited securities as the ADR holders instruct. If BoNYM does not receive valid instructions from an ADR holder, it will deem that such holder has instructed it to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us to vote such deposited securities, unless we notify BoNYM that we do not wish to receive a discretionary proxy, we think there is substantial Shareholder opposition to the particular question or we think the particular question would have a material adverse impact on our Shareholders.

We cannot assure ADR holders that they will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that they can instruct BoNYM to vote their Shares. In addition, BoNYM and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that ADR holders may not be able to exercise their right to vote and there may be nothing ADR holders can do if their Shares are not voted as they requested.

 

Fees and Expenses   
ADR holders must pay:   

For:

US$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs   

•        Each execution and delivery of an ADR, including as a result of a distribution of Shares or rights or other property. For the sixty day period following the Delisting Date, BoNYM has agreed to waive its fees for the execution and delivery of ADRs.

  

•        Each cancellation of an ADR, including if the Deposit Agreement terminates.

  

•        Each distribution of securities, other than Shares or ADSs, treating the securities as if they were Shares for purpose of calculating fees.

US$.02 (or less) per ADS   

•        Any cash distribution.

US$.02 (or less) per ADS per calendar year (to the extent the depositary has not collected a cash distribution fee of US$.02 per ADS during that year)   

•        Depositary services.

Registration or transfer fees   

•        Transfer and registration of Shares on the share register of our transfer agent and registrar to or from the name of BoNYM or its agent when an ADR holder deposits or withdraws Shares.

Expenses of BoNYM   

•        Conversion of Hong Kong dollars to U.S. dollars.

 

— 13 —


APPENDIX I — ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEPOSIT INTO AND WITHDRAWAL FROM

THE ADS PROGRAM AND SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

 

Expenses of BoNYM   

•        Cable, telex and facsimile transmission expenses, if the expenses are expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement.

Taxes and other governmental charges BoNYM or HSBC have to pay on any ADR or Share underlying an ADR, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes   

•        As necessary.

Payment of Taxes

ADR holders will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on their ADRs or on the deposited securities underlying their ADRs. BoNYM may refuse to transfer ADRs or allow ADR holders to withdraw the deposited securities underlying their ADRs until such taxes of other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to ADR holders or sell deposited securities underlying ADRs to pay any taxes owed and the ADR holder will remain liable for any deficiency. If it sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to the ADR holder any proceeds, or send to the ADR holder any property remaining after it has paid the taxes.

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

 

If we:   Then:

•        Change the nominal or par value of our Shares

 

•        Reclassify, split up or consolidate any of the deposited securities

 

•        Distribute securities on the Shares that are not distributed to ADR holders

 

•        Recapitalize, reorganize, merge, liquidate, sell all or substantially all of our assets, or take any similar action

 

The cash, Shares or other securities received by BoNYM will become deposited securities. Each ADR will automatically represent its equal Share of the new deposited securities.

 

BoNYM may, and will if we ask them to, distribute some or all of the cash, Shares or other securities it received. It may also execute and deliver new ADRs or ask ADR holders to surrender their outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities.

Amendment and Termination

How may the Deposit Agreement be amended?

We may agree with BoNYM to amend the Deposit Agreement and the ADRs without the consent of ADR holders for any reason. If the amendment increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or certain expenses of BoNYM, or prejudices an important right of ADR holders, it will only become effective 30 days after BoNYM notifies ADR holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, an ADR holder is considered, by continuing to hold its ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the Deposit Agreement as amended.

 

— 14 —


APPENDIX I — ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEPOSIT INTO AND WITHDRAWAL FROM

THE ADS PROGRAM AND SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

 

How may the Deposit Agreement be terminated?

BoNYM will terminate the Deposit Agreement if we ask it to do so. BoNYM may also terminate the Deposit Agreement if BoNYM has told us that it would like to resign and we have not appointed a new depositary bank within 60 days. In both cases, BoNYM must notify ADR holders at least 60 days before termination.

After termination, BoNYM and its agents will be required to do only the following under the Deposit Agreement:

 

   

advise ADR holders that the Deposit Agreement is terminated;

 

   

collect distributions on the deposited securities;

 

   

sell rights and other property; and

 

   

deliver Shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of ADRs.

Six months or more after termination, BoNYM may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that, BoNYM will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the Deposit Agreement for the benefit of the ADR holders that have not surrendered their ADRs. It will not invest the money and has no liability for interest. BoNYM’s only obligations will be to account for the money and other cash. After termination, our only obligations will be with respect to indemnification and to pay certain amounts to BoNYM.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability to ADR Holders

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary, and Limits on Liability to Holders of ADRs.

The Deposit Agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of BoNYM. It also limits our liability and the liability of BoNYM. We and BoNYM:

 

   

are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the Deposit Agreement without negligence or bad faith;

 

   

are not liable if either of us is prevented or delayed by law or circumstances beyond our control from performing our obligations under the Deposit Agreement;

 

   

are not liable if either of us exercises discretion permitted under the Deposit Agreement;

 

   

have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADRs or the Deposit Agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other party;

 

   

may rely upon any documents we believe in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party.

In the Deposit Agreement, we and BoNYM agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

 

— 15 —


APPENDIX I — ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEPOSIT INTO AND WITHDRAWAL FROM

THE ADS PROGRAM AND SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

 

Requirements for Depositary Actions.

Before BoNYM will execute and deliver or register transfer of an ADR, make a distribution on an ADR, or permit withdrawal of Shares or property, BoNYM may require:

 

   

payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any Shares or other deposited securities;

 

   

production of satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and

 

   

compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the Deposit Agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

BoNYM may refuse to execute, deliver, transfer, or register transfers of ADRs generally when the transfer books of BoNYM or our transfer agent and registrar are closed or at any time if BoNYM thinks it advisable to do so.

The Right of ADR Holders to Receive the Shares Underlying Their ADRs.

ADR holders have the right to cancel their ADRs and withdraw the underlying Shares at any time except:

 

   

when temporary delays arise because BoNYM has closed its transfer books in connection with voting at a Shareholders’ meeting or the payment of dividends or when we have closed our transfer books;

 

   

when the ADR holders seeking to withdraw Shares owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

 

   

when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADRs or to the withdrawal of Shares or other deposited securities.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the Deposit Agreement.

Pre-Release of ADRs

In certain circumstances, subject to the provisions of the Deposit Agreement, BoNYM may execute and deliver ADRs before deposit of the underlying Shares. This is called a pre-release of the ADR. BoNYM may also deliver Shares upon receipt and cancellation of pre-released ADRs (even if the ADRs are cancelled before the pre-release transaction has been closed out). A pre-release is closed out as soon as the underlying Shares are delivered to BoNYM. BoNYM may receive ADRs instead of Shares to close out a pre-release. BoNYM may pre-release ADRs only under the following conditions:

 

(1) before or at the time of the pre-release, the person to whom the pre-release is being made must represent to BoNYM in writing that it or its customer:

 

   

owns the Shares or ADRs to be deposited,

 

   

assigns all beneficial interest and title in the Shares or ADRs to BoNYM in its capacity as depositary and for the benefit of the owners, and

 

— 16 —


APPENDIX I — ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEPOSIT INTO AND WITHDRAWAL FROM

THE ADS PROGRAM AND SUMMARY OF TERMS OF THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

 

   

will not take any action with respect to the Shares or ADRs that is inconsistent with the transfer of beneficial ownership including disposing the Shares or ADRs without the prior consent of BoNYM except for any action to satisfy the pre-release;

 

(2) the pre-release must be fully collateralized with cash or other collateral that BoNYM considers appropriate; and

 

(3) BoNYM must be able to close out the pre-release on not more than five business days’ notice.

The pre-release will be subject to indemnities and applicable credit regulations that BoNYM reasonably considers appropriate. In addition, BoNYM will limit the number of ADRs that may be outstanding at any time as a result of pre-release, although BoNYM may disregard the limit from time to time, if it thinks it is appropriate to do so.

 

— 17 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

THE COMPANIES LAW (2007 REVISION)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

O 2 MICRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

(adopted pursuant to a special resolution passed on 29 May 2009) 1

 

1.

The name of the Company is O 2 MICRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED .

 

2. The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices of Maples and Calder, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, British West Indies or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

3. The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and shall include, but without limitation, the following:

 

  (i)    (a) To carry on business of an investment company and to acquire, invest in and hold by way of investment, sell and deal in shares, stocks, call options, put options, futures, debenture stock, bonds, obligations, certificates of deposit, currencies (including currency trading on margin, buying and selling currency calls and puts and similar instruments), commodities, bills of exchange and securities of all kinds created, issued or guaranteed by any government, sovereign, ruler, commissioners, public body or authority, supreme, municipal, local or otherwise, in any part of the world, or by any company, bank, association or partnership, whether with limited or unlimited liability, constituted or carrying on business in any part of the world, units of or participations in any unit trust scheme, mutual fund or collective investment scheme in any part of the world, policies of assurance and any rights and interests to or in any of the foregoing, and from time to time to sell, deal in, exchange, vary or dispose of any of the foregoing.

 

  (b) To acquire any such shares, stocks, options, debentures, debenture stock, bonds, obligations, certificates of deposit, currencies, bills of exchange, securities, units, participations, policies of assurance, rights or interests aforesaid by original subscription, tender, purchase, exchange or otherwise, to subscribe for the same either conditionally or otherwise, to enter into underwriting and similar contracts with respect thereto and to exercise and enforce all rights and powers conferred by or incidental to the ownership thereof.

 

  (c) To receive moneys on deposits or loan and to borrow or raise money in any currency with or without security and to secure or discharge any debt or obligation of or binding on the Company in any manner and in particular but without limitation by the issue of debentures, notes or bonds and to secure the repayment of any money borrowed, raised or owing by mortgage, charge or lien against the whole or any part of the Company’s property or assets (whether present or future) including its uncalled capital.

 

1 The adoption of these amended and restated memorandum and articles of association was conditional upon, and took effect upon, the withdrawal of the listing of the ordinary shares of the Company on the Main Board of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited on [•] 2009.

 

— 18 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

  (d) To advance, deposit or lend money, securities and/or property to or with such persons, and on such terms as may seem expedient and to discount, buy, sell and deal in bills, notes, warrants, coupons and other negotiable or transferable securities or documents.

 

  (e) To act as promoters and entrepreneurs and to carry on business as financiers, capitalists, concessionaires, merchants, brokers, traders, dealers, agents, importers and exporters and to undertake and carry on and execute all kinds of investment, financial, commercial, mercantile trading and other operations.

 

  (ii) To exercise and enforce all rights and powers conferred by or incidental to the ownership of any shares, stock, obligations, or other securities including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing all such powers of veto or control as may be conferred by virtue of the holding by the Company of some special proportion of the issued or nominal amount thereof, to provide managerial and other executive, supervisory and consultant services for or in relation to any company in which the Company is interested upon such terms as may be thought fit.

 

  (iii) To purchase or otherwise acquire, to sell, exchange, surrender, lease, mortgage, charge, convert, turn to account, dispose of and deal with real and personal property and rights of all kinds and, in particular, mortgages, debentures, produce, concessions, options, contracts, patents, annuities, licences, stocks, shares, bonds, policies, book debts, business concerns, undertakings, claims, privileges and choses in action of all kinds.

 

  (iv) To subscribe for, conditionally or unconditionally, to underwrite, issue on commission or otherwise, take, hold, deal in and convert stocks, shares and securities of all kinds and to enter into partnership or into any arrangement for sharing profits, reciprocal concessions or cooperation with any person or company and to promote and aid in promoting, to constitute, form or organise any company, syndicate or partnership of any kind, for the purpose of acquiring and undertaking any property and liabilities of the Company or of advancing, directly or indirectly, the objects of the Company or for any other purpose which the Company may think expedient.

 

  (v) To stand surety for or to guarantee, support or secure the performance of all or any of the obligations of any person, firm or company whether or not related or affiliated to the Company in any manner and whether by personal covenant or by mortgage, charge or lien upon the whole or any part of the undertaking, property and assets of the Company, both present and future, including its uncalled capital or by any such method and whether or not the Company shall receive valuable consideration therefor.

 

  (vi) To engage in or carry on any other lawful trade, business or enterprise which may at any time appear to the Directors of the Company capable of being conveniently carried on in conjunction with any of the aforementioned businesses or activities or which may appear to the Directors or the Company likely to be profitable to the Company. In the interpretation of this Memorandum of Association in general and of this Clause 3 in particular no object, business or power specified or mentioned shall be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from any other object, business or power, or the name of the Company, or by the juxtaposition of two or more objects, businesses or powers and that, in the event of any ambiguity in this clause or elsewhere in this Memorandum of Association, the same shall be resolved by such interpretation and construction as will widen and enlarge and not restrict the objects, businesses and powers of and exercisable by the Company.

 

— 19 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

4. Except as prohibited or limited by the Companies Law (2007 Revision), the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object and shall have and be capable of from time to time and at all time exercising any and all of the powers at any time or from time to time exercisable by a natural person or body corporate in doing in any part of the world whether as principals, agent, contractor or otherwise whatever may be considered by it necessary for the attainment of its objects and whatever else may be considered by it as incidental or conducive thereto or consequential thereon, including, but without in any way restricting the generality of the foregoing, the power to make any alterations or amendments to this Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association of the Company considered necessary or convenient in the manner set out in the Articles of Association of the Company, and the power to do any of the following acts or things, Viz: to pay all expenses of and incidental to the promotion, formation and incorporation of the Company; to register the Company to do business in any other jurisdiction; to sell, lease or dispose of any property of the Company; to draw, make, accept, endorse, discount, execute and issue promissory notes, debentures, bills of exchange, bills of lading, warrants and other negotiable or transferable instruments; to lend money or other assets and to act as guarantors; to borrow or raise money on the security of the undertaking or on all or any of the assets of the Company including incalled capital or without security; to invest monies of the Company in such manner as the Directors determine; to promote other companies; to sell the undertaking of the Company for cash or any other consideration; to distribute assets in specie to members of the Company; to make charitable or benevolent donations; to pay pensions or gratuities or provide other benefits in cash or kind to Directors, Officers, employees, past or present and their families; to carry on any trade or business and generally to do all acts and things which, in the opinion of the Company or the Directors, may be conveniently or profitably or usefully acquired and dealt with, carried on, executed or done by the Company in connection with the business aforesaid PROVIDED THAT the Company shall only carry on the businesses for which a licence is required under the laws of the Cayman Islands when so licensed under the terms of such laws.

 

5. The liability of each member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such member’s shares.

 

6. The authorised share capital of the Company is US$100,000 divided into 4,750,000,000 Ordinary Shares with nominal or par value of US$0.00002 and 250,000,000 Preference Shares with nominal or par value of US$0.00002 each and the Company shall have the power from time to time to divide the original or any increased capital into classes and to attach thereto any preferential, deferred, qualified or other special rights, privileges, restrictions or conditions.

WE the several persons whose names and addresses are subscribed are desirous of being formed into a company in pursuance of this Memorandum of Association and we respectively agree to take the number of shares in the capital of the Company set opposite our respective names.

 

— 20 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (2007 REVISION)

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

O 2 MICRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

(adopted pursuant to a special resolution passed on 29 May 2009) 2

 

1. In these Articles Table A in the Schedule to the Law does not apply and, unless there be something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith,

 

“Articles”   means these Articles as originally framed or as from time to time altered by Special Resolution.
“Auditors”   means the persons for the time being performing the duties of auditors of the Company.
“Board”   means the board of Directors of the Company.
“Business Day”   means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for business in California, United States and the Cayman Islands.
“Company”   means the above named O 2 Micro International Limited.
“debenture”   means debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and any other such securities of the Company whether constituting a charge on the assets of the Company or not.
“Designated Stock Exchange”   means a stock exchange in respect of which the shares of the Company are listed or quoted and where such stock exchange deems such listing or quotation to be the primary listing or quotation of the shares of the Company.
“Directors”   means the directors for the time being of the Company.
“dividend”   includes bonus.
“dollars” or “US$”   refers to the dollar currency of the United States of America and references to cents or should be construed accordingly.
“Law”   shall mean the Companies Law (2007 Revision) of the Cayman Islands as amended and every statutory modification or re enactment thereof for the time being in force.

 

2 The adoption of these amended and restated memorandum and articles of association was conditional upon, and took effect from, the withdrawal of the listing of the ordinary shares of the Company on the Main Board of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited on [•] 2009.

 

— 21 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

“Ordinary Shares”   means the Ordinary Shares of nominal or par value US$0.00002 each.
“Member”   shall bear the meaning ascribed to it in the Law.
“month”   means calendar month.
“Preference Shares”   means the Preference Shares of nominal or par value US$0.00002 having the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, participating, optional or special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof including, without limitation, dividend rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences as the Directors shall in their sole discretion determine in accordance with these Articles.
“registered office”   means the registered office for the time being of the Company.
“Seal”   means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal.
“Secretary”   includes an Assistant Secretary and any person appointed to perform the duties of Secretary of the Company.
“shares”   shall be construed as a reference to shares of each class of share of the Company from time to time in issue and includes fractions of shares (except as otherwise provided herein).
“Special Resolution”   has the same meaning as in the Law but does not include a resolution approved in writing as described therein.
“written” and “in writing”   include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form.

Words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa.

Words importing either gender shall include the other gender and the neuter.

Words importing persons shall include corporations.

References to “general meetings” in these Articles shall include annual general meetings and extraordinary general meetings.

 

2. The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation as the Directors shall see fit, notwithstanding that part only of the shares may have been allotted.

 

3. The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company including the expenses of registration.

 

— 22 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

ISSUE OF SHARES

 

4. At the date of adoption of these Articles of Association the Company is authorised to issue 4,750,000,000 Ordinary Shares with nominal or par value of US$0.00002 each and 250,000,000 Preference Shares of nominal or par value of US$0.00002 each.

 

5. Subject as herein provided and subject to any special terms of issue imposed in accordance with Article 6, the shares shall rank equally and in accordance with these Articles.

 

6. All shares in the Company for the time being unallotted and unissued shall be under the control of the Directors who may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of shares of the Company with or without preferred, deferred or other special rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper.

 

7. The Company shall maintain a register of its Members and every person whose name is entered as a Member in the register of Members shall be entitled without payment to receive within two months after allotment or lodgement of transfer (or within such other period as the conditions of issue shall provide) one certificate for all his shares or several certificates each for one or more of his shares upon payment of fifty cents (US$0.50) for every certificate after the first or such less sum as the Directors shall from time to time determine provided that in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several persons the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate and delivery of a certificate for a share to one of the several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.

SHARE RIGHTS

 

8. Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association of the Company, the rules of any Designated Stock Exchange, and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or attaching to any class of shares, shares may be issued or converted into shares that, at a determinable date, or on the terms that they may be, or at the option of the Company or the holder are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as the Board may deem fit.

MODIFICATION OF RIGHTS

 

9. If at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class of shares for the time being issued (unless otherwise provided for in the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, subject to the provisions of the Law, be varied or abrogated with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than three fourths in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of shares of that class. To every such separate meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall mutatis mutandis apply, but so that the quorum for the purposes of any such separate meeting and of any adjournment thereof shall be a person or persons together holding (or representing by proxy) at the date of the relevant meeting not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class, and that any holder of shares of the class present in person (or in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

10. The special rights conferred upon the holders of shares of any class shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith or in priority thereto.

 

— 23 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE OF SHARES

 

11. Subject to the Law and to any rights conferred on the holders of any class of shares, the Company shall have the power to (a) purchase or otherwise acquire all or any of its own shares (which expression as used in this Article includes redeemable shares), (b) purchase or otherwise acquire warrants for the subscription or purchase of its own shares and shares and warrants for the subscription or purchase of any shares in any company which is its holding company and (c) give, directly or indirectly, by means of a loan, a guarantee, a gift, an indemnity, the provision of security or otherwise howsoever, financial assistance for the purpose of or in connection with a purchase or other acquisition made or to be made by any person of any shares or warrants in the Company or any company which is a holding company of the Company. The Company may pay for such shares or warrants in any manner authorised or not prohibited by law, including out of capital. Should the Company purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares or warrants, neither the Company nor the Board shall be required to select the shares or warrants to be purchased or otherwise acquired rateably or in any other manner as between the holders of shares or warrants of the same class or as between them and the holders of shares or warrants of any other class or in accordance with the rights as to dividends or capital conferred by any class of shares. Any such purchase or other acquisition or financial assistance shall only be made in accordance with any relevant code, rules or regulations issued by the Designated Stock Exchange from time to time in force for so long as the shares of the Company are listed on such Exchange.

 

12. Subject to the provisions of the Law and the Memorandum of Association of the Company and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or attaching to any class of shares, shares may be issued on the terms that they may be, or at the option of the Company or the holders are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as the Board may deem fit.

 

13. The purchase or redemption of any share shall not be deemed to give rise to the purchase or redemption of any other share.

 

14. The holder of the shares being purchased, surrendered or redeemed shall be bound to deliver up to the Company at its registered office or such other place as the Board shall specify the certificate(s) thereof for cancellation and thereupon the Company shall pay to him the purchase or redemption monies in respect thereof.

COMMISSION ON SALE OF SHARES

 

15. The Company may in so far as the Law from time to time permits pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any shares of the Company. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of fully or partly paid up shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

NON RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS

 

16. No person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future, or partial interest in any share, or any interest in any fractional part of a share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles or the Law) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

 

— 24 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

REGISTER OF MEMBERS AND SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

17. The Company shall, in accordance with the Law and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, cause to be kept in one or more books a register of Members, and there shall be entered therein the particulars of the members and the shares issued to each of them and other particulars required under the Law and the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange.

 

18. The register may be closed at such times and for such periods as the Board may from time to time determine, either generally or in respect of any class of shares, provided that the register shall not be closed for more than 30 days in any year (or such longer period as the members may by ordinary resolution determine provided that such period shall not be extended beyond 60 days in any year).

 

19. Every person whose name is entered as a member in the register shall be entitled without payment to receive, within 60 days, after allotment or lodgment of transfer (or within such other period as the conditions of issue shall provide), one certificate for all his shares of each class or, upon payment of such reasonable fee as the Board shall prescribe, such number of certificates for shares held as that person may request, provided that in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several persons the Company shall not be bound to issue a certificate or certificates to each such person, and the issue and delivery of a certificate or certificates to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.

 

20. Every certificate for shares or debentures or representing any other form of security of the Company shall be issued under the seal of the Company, which shall only be affixed with the authority of the Board.

 

21. Every share certificate shall specify the number of shares in respect of which it is issued and the amount paid thereon or the fact that they are fully paid, as the case may be, and may otherwise be in such form as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

22. The Company shall not be bound to register more than four persons as joint holders of any share. If any share shall stand in the names of two or more persons, the person first named in the register shall be deemed the sole holder thereof as regards service of notices and, subject to the provisions of these Articles, all or any other matters connected with the Company, except the transfer of the share.

 

23. If a share certificate is defaced, lost or destroyed, it may be replaced on payment of such reasonable fee, if any, as the Board may from time to time prescribe and on such terms and conditions, if any, as to publication of notices, evidence and indemnity, as the Board thinks fit and where it is defaced or worn out, after delivery up of the old certificate to the Company for cancellation, provided always that where share warrants have been issued, no new share warrant shall be issued to replace one that has been lost unless the Directors are satisfied beyond reasonable doubt that the original has been destroyed. The fee or fees shall not exceed the maximum fees prescribed by applicable law, rules or regulations.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

24. All transfers of shares may be effected by an instrument of transfer in the usual common form or in such other form as the Board may approve. All instruments of transfer must be left at the registered office of the Company or at such other place as the Board may appoint and all such instruments of transfer shall be retained by the Company.

 

— 25 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

25. The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and by or on behalf of the transferee PROVIDED that the Board may dispense with the execution of the instrument of transfer by the transferee in any case which it thinks fit in its discretion to do so. The instrument of transfer of any share shall be in writing and shall be executed with a manual signature or facsimile signature (which may be machine imprinted or otherwise) by or on behalf of the transferor and transferee PROVIDED that in the case of execution by facsimile signature by or on behalf of a transferor or transferee, the Board shall have previously been provided with a list of specimen signatures of the authorised signatories of such transferor or transferee and the Board shall be reasonably satisfied that such facsimile signature corresponds to one of those specimen signatures. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a share until the name of the transferee is entered in the register in respect thereof.

 

26. The Board may, in its absolute discretion, and without assigning any reason, refuse to register a transfer of any share which is not fully paid up or on which the Company has a lien. The Board may also decline to register any transfer of any shares unless:

 

  (a) the instrument of transfer is lodged with the Company accompanied by the certificate for the shares to which it relates (which shall upon registration of the transfer be cancelled) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer and/or with regard to whether or not the transfer would result in any contravention of the restrictions (if any) on the holding of shares imposed by the Board;

 

  (b) the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;

 

  (c) the instrument of transfer is properly stamped (in circumstances where stamping is required);

 

  (d) in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to which the share is to be transferred does not exceed four;

 

  (e) the shares concerned are free of any lien in favour of the Company; and

 

  (f) a fee of such maximum amount as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine to be payable (or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require) is paid to the Company in respect thereof.

 

27. If the Board shall refuse to register a transfer of any share, it shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

 

28. No transfer shall be made to an infant or to a person in respect of whom an order has been made by an competent court or official on the grounds that he is or may be suffering from mental disorder or is otherwise incapable of managing his affairs or under other legal disability.

 

29. Upon every transfer of shares the certificate held by the transferor shall be given up to be cancelled, and shall forthwith be cancelled accordingly, and a new certificate shall be issued without charge to the transferee in respect of the shares transferred to him, and if any of the shares included in the certificate so given up shall be retained by the transferor, a new certificate in respect thereof shall be issued to him without charge. The Company shall also retain the instrument(s) of transfer.

 

— 26 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

30. The registration of transfers may be suspended and the register closed at such times for such periods as the Board may from time to time determine, provided always that such registration shall not be suspended or the register closed for more than 30 days in any year (or such longer period as the members may by ordinary resolution determine provided that such period shall not be extended beyond 60 days in any year).

COMPULSORY TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

31. The Board shall have power to impose such restrictions as it may think necessary for the purpose of ensuring that no shares are held by:

 

  (a) any person in breach of the law or requirements of any country or governmental authority; or

 

  (b) any person or persons in circumstances (whether directly or indirectly affecting such person or persons and whether taken alone or in conjunction with any other persons, connected or not, or any other circumstances appearing to the Board to be relevant) which in the opinion of the Board might result in the Company incurring any liability to taxation or suffering any other pecuniary disadvantage which the Company might not otherwise have incurred or suffered.

 

32. If it shall come to the notice of the Board that any shares are owned directly or beneficially by any person in contravention of any such restrictions as are referred to in Article 31, the Board may give notice to such person requiring him to transfer such shares to a person who would not thereby be in contravention of any such restrictions as aforesaid. If any person upon whom such a notice is served pursuant to this paragraph does not within thirty days after such notice transfer such shares as aforesaid or establish to the satisfaction of the Board (whose judgment shall be final and binding) that such shares are not held in contravention of any such restrictions he shall be deemed upon the expiration of such period of thirty days to have given an instrument of transfer in respect of all his shares the subject of such notice and the Directors shall be entitled to sell such shares at the best price reasonably obtainable from any other person and to appoint any person to sign on his behalf such documents as may be required for the purposes of the sale and transfer. Upon the Directors resolving to sell the shares of a member pursuant to this Article, the member shall be bound forthwith to deliver to the Company or its authorised agents the certificate(s) for such shares.

 

33. Payment of the purchase moneys payable on a purchase under this Article will be made in dollars and will be deposited by the Company with or to the order of a third party bank in the name of the Company for payment to any such person. Upon the deposit of such purchase moneys as aforesaid such person shall have no further interest in such shares or any of them or any claim against the Company in respect thereof except the right to receive the moneys so deposited (without interest).

 

34. The Company may, if required to do so by law or by any authority or by the Designated Exchange, make available to such authority or to the Designated Exchange such evidence or information which may have been furnished to or which may come into the possession of the Company as regards the identity of a holder of shares and/or the qualification of such a holder to hold or to continue to hold such shares and the Company shall not be liable to such holder for any loss occasioned by reason of such disclosure.

 

— 27 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

35. In the case of the death of a member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased where he was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares; but nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased holder (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share solely or jointly held by him.

 

36. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a member may, upon such evidence as to his title being produced as may from time to time be required by the Board and subject as hereinafter provided, either be registered himself as holder of the share or elect to have some other person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof.

 

37. If the person so becoming entitled shall elect to be registered himself, he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects. If he shall elect to have his nominee registered he shall testify his election by executing in favour of his nominee a transfer of such share. All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these Articles relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfers of shares shall be applicable to any such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of the member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer executed by such member.

 

38. A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of the holder shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share. However, the Board may, if it thinks fit, withhold the payment of any dividend payable or other advantages in respect of such share until such person shall become the registered holder of the share or shall have effectually transferred such share, but, subject to the requirements of these Articles being met, such a person may vote at meetings.

LIEN

 

39. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid up share) for all moneys, whether presently payable or not, called or payable at a fixed time in respect of such share; and the Company shall also have a first and paramount lien and charge on all shares (other than fully paid up shares) standing registered in the name of a member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all the debts and liabilities of such member or his estate to the Company and whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any equitable or other interest of any person other than such member, and whether the period for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such member or his estate and any other person, whether such person is a member of the Company or not.

 

40. The Company’s lien (if any) on a share shall extend to all dividends and bonuses declared in respect thereof. The Board may resolve that any share shall for some specified period be exempt wholly or partially from the provisions of this Article.

 

41. The Company may sell in such manner as the Board thinks fit any shares on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable or the liability or engagement in respect of which such lien exists is liable to be presently fulfilled or discharged, nor until the expiration of 14 days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable or specifying the liability or engagement and demanding fulfilment or discharge thereof and giving notice of intention to sell in default, shall have been given to the registered holder for the time being of the shares or the person, of which the Company has notice, entitled to the shares by reason of such holder’s death, mental disorder or bankruptcy.

 

— 28 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

42. The net proceeds of such sale by the Company after the payment of the costs of such sale shall be applied in or towards payment or satisfaction of the debt or liability or engagement in respect whereof the lien exists, so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the shares prior to the sale and upon surrender, if required by the Company, for cancellation of the certificate for the share sold) be paid to the holder immediately before such sale of the share. For giving effect to any such sale, the Board may authorise any person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof and may enter the purchaser’s name in the register as holder of the shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

 

43. The Board may from time to time make such calls as it may think fit upon the members in respect of any monies unpaid on the shares held by them respectively (whether on account of the nominal amount of the shares or by way of premium or otherwise) and not by the conditions of allotment thereof made payable at fixed times. A call may be made payable either in one sum or by instalments. A call may be revoked or postponed as the Board may determine.

 

44. At least 14 days’ notice of any call shall be given to each member specifying the time and place of payment and to whom such payment shall be made.

 

45. Every member upon whom a call is made shall pay the amount of every call so made on him to the person and at the time or times and place or places as the Board shall specify. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable on such call notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

46. The joint holders of a share shall be severally as well as jointly liable for the payment of all calls and instalments due in respect of such share or other moneys due in respect thereof.

 

47. The Board may from time to time at its discretion extend the time fixed for any call, but no member shall be entitled to any such extension as a matter of grace and favour.

 

48. If the sum or any instalment payable in respect of any call is unpaid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the person or persons from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the same at such rate not exceeding 15 per cent. per annum as the Board shall determine from the day appointed for the payment thereof to the time of actual payment, but the Board may waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

 

49. No member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or bonus or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another member) at any general meeting, either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or to exercise any other privilege as a member until all sums or instalments due from him to the Company in respect of any call, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid. No amount paid up in advance of calls on any share shall for this purpose be treated as paid up on the share.

 

50.

At the trial or hearing of any action or other proceedings for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the member sued is entered in the register as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in respect of which such debt accrued; that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book; and that notice of such call was duly given to the

 

— 29 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

 

member sued, in pursuance of these Articles; and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call, nor any other matters whatsoever, and the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.

 

51. Any sum which by the terms of allotment of a share is made payable upon allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the nominal value of the share and/or by way of premium or otherwise, shall for all purposes of these Articles be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date fixed for payment, and in case of non payment, all the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of interest and expenses, liabilities of joint holders, forfeiture and the like, shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

52. The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the money uncalled and unpaid or instalments payable upon any shares held by him, and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced the Company may pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Board may decide. The Board may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such member not less than one month’s notice in writing of its intention in that behalf, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced. No such sum paid in advance of calls shall entitle the member paying such sum to any portion of a dividend declared in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such sum would, but for such payment, become presently payable.

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

53. If a member fails to pay any call or instalment of a call on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Board may, at any time during such time as any part thereof remains unpaid, without prejudice to the provisions of these Articles, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment.

 

54. The notice shall name a further day (not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service of the notice) on or before which, and the place where, the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non payment at or before the time and at the place appointed, the shares in respect of which the call was made or instalment is unpaid will be liable to be forfeited. The Board may accept a surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and in such case, references in these Articles to forfeiture shall include surrender.

 

55. If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share, and not actually paid before the forfeiture.

 

56. Any share so forfeited shall be deemed to be the property of the Company, and may be re-allotted sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Board thinks fit and at any time before a re allotment, sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled by the Board on such terms as it thinks fit.

 

57.

A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of the forfeited shares but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which, at the date of forfeiture, were payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, together with (if the Board

 

— 30 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

 

shall in its discretion so require) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate not exceeding 15 per cent. per annum as the Board may prescribe, and the Board may enforce the payment thereof if it thinks fit, and without any deduction or allowance for the value of the shares forfeited, at the date of forfeiture. For the purposes of this Article any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, is payable thereon at a fixed time which is subsequent to the date of forfeiture, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall notwithstanding that time has not yet arrived, be deemed to be payable at the date of forfeiture, and the same shall become due and payable immediately upon the forfeiture, but interest thereon shall only be payable in respect of any period between the said fixed time and the date of actual payment.

 

58. A statutory declaration in writing that the declarant is a Director or Secretary of the Company, and that a share in the Company has been duly forfeited on a date stated in the declaration, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for the share on any re allotment, sale or disposition thereof and the Board may authorise any person to execute a letter of re allotment or transfer the share in favour of the person to whom the share is re allotted, sold or disposed of and he shall thereupon be registered as the holder of the share, and shall not be bound to see to the application of the subscription or purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, re allotment, sale or other disposal of the share.

 

59. When any share shall have been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be given to the member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the register. Notwithstanding the above, no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice as aforesaid.

 

60. Notwithstanding any such forfeiture as aforesaid, the Board may at any time, before any share so forfeited shall have been re-allotted, sold, or otherwise disposed of, permit the share forfeited to be redeemed upon the terms of payment of all calls and interest due upon and expenses incurred in respect of the share, and upon such further terms (if any) as it thinks fit.

 

61. The forfeiture of a share shall not prejudice the right of the Company to any call already made or instalment payable thereon.

 

62. The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION, CHANGE OF LOCATION OF REGISTERED OFFICE AND ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

63. Subject to and in so far as permitted by the provisions of the Law and subject to Article 9, the Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution alter or amend its Memorandum of Association otherwise than in respect to its name and objects and may, without restricting the generality of the foregoing, by ordinary resolution:

 

  (a) increase the share capital by such sum to be divided into shares of such amount or without nominal or par value as the resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine;

 

— 31 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

  (b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares. On any consolidation of fully paid shares and division into shares of larger amount, the Board may settle any difficulty which may arise as it thinks expedient and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) may as between the holders of shares to be consolidated determine which particular shares are to be consolidated into each consolidated share, and if it shall happen that any person shall become entitled to fractions of a consolidated share or shares, such fractions may be sold by some person appointed by the Board for that purpose and the person so appointed may transfer the shares so sold to the purchaser thereof and the validity of such transfer shall not be questioned, and so that the net proceeds of such sale (after deduction of the expenses of such sale) may either be distributed among the persons who would otherwise be entitled to a fraction or fractions of a consolidated share or shares rateably in accordance with their rights and interests or may be paid to the Company for the Company’s benefit;

 

  (c) sub-divide its existing shares or any of them into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association or into shares without nominal or par value and so that the resolution whereby any share is sub-divided may determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred or other special rights, over, or may have such deferred rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the others as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares; or

 

  (d) cancel any shares which at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person.

 

64. All new shares created hereunder shall, except as permitted by these Articles, be subject to the same provisions with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the shares in the original share capital.

 

65. Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Company may by Special Resolution change its name or alter its objects.

 

66. Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Company may by Special Resolution reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve fund.

 

67. Subject to the provisions of the Law, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its registered office.

BORROWING POWERS

 

68. The Board may from time to time at its discretion exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow or to secure the payment of any sum or sums of money for the purposes of the Company and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital or any part thereof.

 

69. The Board may raise or secure the payment or repayment of such sum or sums in such manner and upon such terms and conditions in all respects as it thinks fit and, in particular, by the issue of debentures, debenture stock, bonds or other securities of the Company, whether outright or as collateral security for any debts, liability or obligations of the Company or of any third party.

 

— 32 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

70. Debentures, debenture stock, bonds and other securities may be made assignable free from any equities between the Company and the person to whom the same may be issued.

 

71. Any debentures, debenture stock, bonds or other securities may be issued at a discount, premium or otherwise and with any special privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, attending and voting at general meetings of the Company, appointment of Directors and otherwise.

 

72. The Board shall cause a proper register to be kept, in accordance with the provisions of the Law, of all mortgages and charges specifically affecting the property of the Company and shall duly comply with the requirements of the Law in regard to the registration of mortgages and charges therein specified and otherwise.

 

73. If the Company issues debentures or debenture stock (whether as part of a series or as individual instruments) not transferable by delivery, the Board shall cause a proper register to be kept of the holders of such debentures.

 

74. Where any uncalled capital of the Company is charged, all persons taking any subsequent charge thereon shall take the same subject to such prior charge, and shall not be entitled, by notice to the Members or otherwise, to obtain priority over such prior charge.

GENERAL MEETING

 

75. The Company shall within one year of its incorporation and in each year of its existence thereafter hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint.

 

76. At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

77. The Directors may whenever they think fit, proceed to convene a general meeting of the Company.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

78. At least ten days’ notice (but not more than sixty days’ notice) shall be given of an annual general meeting or any other general meeting, but a general meeting may be called by shorter notice, subject to the Law, if it is so agreed:

 

  (a) in the case of an annual general meeting, by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  (b) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety five per cent. in par value of the Shares giving that right.

 

79. The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice thereof shall not invalidate the proceedings of that meeting.

 

80.

Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business and shall be given in manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner

 

— 33 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

 

if any as may be prescribed by the Company PROVIDED that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed either before or after the meeting by each person entitled to vote thereat who was not present in person (or in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy by such person signing a written waiver of notice or a consent to the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. The waiver of notice, consent or approval need not specify either the business to be transacted or the purpose of any general meeting except that if action is taken or proposed to be taken in relation to the waiver of notice, consent or approval shall state the general nature of the proposal. All such waivers, consents and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records of the Company or referred to in the minutes of the Meeting. Attendance by a Member at a meeting shall also constitute a waiver of notice except when that person objects at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business before the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such notice shall state the place, date, and hour of the meeting and (a) in the case of a general meeting other than an annual general meeting, the general nature of the business to be transacted, and no other business may be transacted, or (b) in the case of the annual general meeting, those matters which the Directors, at the time of the mailing of the notice, intends to present for action by the Members, and, subject to the provisions of Articles 93 and 94 hereof, any proper matter may be presented at the meeting for such action. The notice of any meeting at which Directors are to be elected shall include the names of nominees intended at the time of the notice to be presented by the Directors for election.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

81. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business; the quorum shall be Members present in person (or in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy holding a majority of shares carrying the right to vote. Members present in person (or in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy at a meeting at which a quorum is present when the meeting proceeds to business may continue to do business until adjournment notwithstanding that a quorum ceases to exist provided any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the holders required to constitute a quorum.

 

82. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Members, shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such other time or such other place as the directors may determine and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting the Members present shall be a quorum.

 

83. The Chairman, if any, of the Board shall preside as Chairman at every general meeting of the Company, or if there is no such Chairman, or if he shall not be present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting, or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be Chairman of the meeting.

 

84. If at any general meeting no Director is willing to act as Chairman or if no Director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be Chairman of the meeting.

 

85.

The Chairman may, with the consent of any general meeting duly constituted hereunder, and shall if so directed by the holders, present in person (or in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy, of a majority of the shares held by Members present at that meeting in person (or in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy, adjourn

 

— 34 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

 

the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a general meeting is adjourned for more than forty five days or a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting; save as aforesaid it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned general meeting.

 

86. At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is, before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands, demanded by the Chairman or any other Member present in person (or in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy.

 

87. At any general meeting at which directors are to be elected, a Member shall be entitled to cumulate votes (i.e., cast for any candidate a number of votes greater than the number of votes which such Member normally is entitled to cast) if the candidates’ names have been placed in nomination prior to commencement of the voting and the Member has given notice prior to commencement of the voting of the Member’s intention to cumulate votes. If any Member has given such notice, then every Member entitled to vote may cumulate votes for candidates in nomination either (i) by giving one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which the Member’s shares are normally entitled to, or (ii) by distributing Member’s votes on the same principle among any or all of the candidates, as the Member thinks fit. The candidates receiving the highest number of affirmative votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, shall be elected; votes against any candidate and votes withheld shall have no legal effect.

 

88. Unless a poll be so demanded a declaration by the Chairman that a resolution has on a show of hands been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the Company’s Minute Book containing the Minutes of the proceedings of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of that fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution.

 

89. The demand for a poll may be withdrawn.

 

90. Except as provided in Article 92, if a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the Chairman directs and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was demanded.

 

91. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the Chairman of the general meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded, shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

92. A poll demanded on the election of a Chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the Chairman of the general meeting directs and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded or is contingent thereon may be proceeded with pending the taking of the poll.

 

93.

At an annual general meeting of the Members, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the annual general meeting. To be properly brought before an annual general meeting, business must be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Directors, otherwise properly brought before the annual general meeting by or at the direction of the Directors or otherwise properly brought before the annual general meeting

 

— 35 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

 

by a Member. In addition to any other applicable requirements, for business to be properly brought before an annual general meeting by a Member, the Member must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Company. To be timely, a Member’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Company, not less than 45 days nor more than 75 days prior to the date on which the Company first mailed its proxy materials for the previous year’s annual general meeting (or the date on which the Company mails its proxy materials for the current year if during the prior year the Company did not hold an annual general meeting or if the date of the annual general meeting was changed more than 30 days from the prior year). A Member’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each matter the Member proposes to bring before the annual general meeting (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual general meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual general meeting, (ii) the name and record address of the Member proposing such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Company which are beneficially owned by the Member, and (iv) any material interest of the Member in such business. Notwithstanding anything hereof to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at the annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Article 93, provided, however, that nothing in this Article 93 shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any Member of any business properly brought before the annual general meeting in accordance with said procedure. The Chairman of an annual general meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Article 93, and if he should so determine he shall so declare to the meeting, and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted. Nothing in this Article 93 shall affect the right of a Member to request inclusion of a proposal in the Company’s proxy statement to the extent that such right is provided by an applicable rule of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

94. In addition to any other applicable requirements, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a general meeting of the Company by any nominating committee or person appointed by the Board or by any Member entitled to vote for the election of Directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Article 94. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Company. To be timely, a Member’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Company, not less than 45 days nor more than 75 days prior to the date on which the Company first mailed its proxy materials for the previous year’s annual general meeting (or the date on which the Company mails its proxy materials for the current year if during the prior year the Company did not hold an annual general meeting or if the date of the annual general meeting was changed more than 30 days from the prior year). Such notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the Member proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a Director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Company which are beneficially owned by the person, and (iv) any other information relating to the person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations for proxies for election of Directors pursuant to Rule 14a under the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and (b) as to the Member giving the notice, (i) the name and record address of the Member, and (ii) the class and number of shares of the Company which are beneficially owned by the Member. The Company may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be required by the Company to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a Director of the Company. No person shall be eligible for election as a Director of the Company unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth herein. These provisions shall not apply to nomination of any persons entitled to be separately elected by holders of Preference Shares. The Chairman of the Meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to such meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the foregoing procedure, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to such meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

— 36 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

VOTES OF MEMBERS

 

95. Subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares:

 

  (a) on a show of hands every Member who holds an Ordinary Share or a Preference Share who is present in person (or in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy shall have one vote; and

 

  (b) on a poll every Member present in person (or in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each Ordinary Share or Preference Share held by him.

 

96. In the case of joint holders of record the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person (or in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the register of Members.

 

97. A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court, having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, receiver, curator bonis, or other person in the nature of a committee, receiver or curator bonis appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other persons may vote by proxy.

 

98. No Member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless he is registered as a shareholder of the Company on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

 

99. No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at such general meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the Chairman of the general meeting whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

100. On a poll or on a show of hands votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

RECORD DATES

 

101. For purposes of determining the Members entitled to notice of any meeting or to vote thereat or entitled to give written consent without a meeting, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of any such meeting nor more than sixty days before any such action without a meeting, and in such event only shareholders of record on the date so fixed are entitled to notice and to vote or to give consents, as the case may be, notwithstanding the registration of any transfer of any shares.

 

— 37 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

102. If the Board does not so fix a record date:

 

  (a) the record date for determining Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any general meeting shall be at the close of business on the Business Day next preceding the Day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of Business on the Business Day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and

 

  (b) the record date for determining Members entitled to give written consent without a meeting, (i) when no prior action by the Board has been taken, shall be the day on which the first written consent is given, or (ii) when prior action by the Board has been taken, shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating to that action, or the sixtieth day before the date of such other action, whichever is later.

 

103. For the purposes of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the Members entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any other lawful action (other than as provided above), the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days before any such action. In that case, only Members of record at the close of business on the date so fixed are entitled to receive the dividend, distribution or allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares on the books of the Company after the record date so fixed.

 

104. If the Board does not so fix a record date, then the record date for determining Members for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the applicable resolution or the sixtieth (60th) day before the date of that action, whichever is later.

PROXIES

 

105. Any Member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him. A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf at a general meeting of the Company or at a class meeting. A proxy need not be a Member. In addition, a proxy or proxies representing either a Member who is an individual or a Member which is a corporation shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the Member which he or they represent as such Member could exercise.

 

106. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and shall be executed under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing, or, if the appointor is a corporation under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorised in that behalf.

 

107. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the registered office of the Company or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company:

 

  (a) not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote; or

 

  (b) in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it is demanded, be deposited as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or

 

— 38 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

  (c) where the poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than 48 hours after it was demanded be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chairman or to the secretary or to any director;

provided that the Directors may in the notice convening the meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, direct that the instrument appointing a proxy may be deposited (no later than the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting) at the Registered Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company. The chairman may in any event at his discretion direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted shall be invalid.

 

108. The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form or in such other form as the Directors may approve and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to include the power to demand or join or concur in demanding a poll. A validly executed proxy which does not state that it is irrevocable shall continue in full force and effect unless (i) the person who executed the proxy revokes it prior to the time of voting by delivering a writing to the Company stating that the proxy is revoked or by executing a subsequent proxy and presenting it to the meeting or by voting in person at the meeting, or (ii) written notice of the death or incapacity of the maker of that proxy is received by the Company before the vote pursuant to which that proxy is counted; provided, however, that no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven months from the date of the proxy, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

109. A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the share in respect of which the proxy is given provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer as aforesaid shall have been received by the Company at the registered office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

 

110. Any corporation which is a Member of record of the Company may in accordance with its articles or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its Directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members of the Company, and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member of record of the Company.

 

111. Shares of its own stock belonging to the Company or held by it in a fiduciary capacity shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

 

112. If a clearing house (or its nominee) is a Member of the Company it may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body or by power of attorney, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative or representatives at any general meeting of the Company or at any general meeting of any class of Members of the Company provided that, if more than one person is so authorised, the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such person is so authorised. A person so authorised pursuant to this provision shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the clearing house (or its nominee) which he represents as that clearing house (or its nominee) could exercise if it were an individual Member of the Company holding the number and class of shares specified in such authorisation.

 

— 39 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

 

113. Before any meeting of the Members, the Board may appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. If no inspector of election is so appointed, then the chairman of the meeting may, and on the request of any Member or a Member’s proxy shall, appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If inspectors are appointed at a meeting pursuant to the request of one (1) or more Members or their proxies, then the holders of a majority of shares or their proxies present at the meeting shall determine whether one (1) or three (3) inspectors are to be appointed. If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairman of the meeting may, and upon the request of any Member or a Member’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

 

114. Such inspectors shall:

 

  (a) determine the number of shares in issue and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

 

  (b) receive votes, ballots or consents;

 

  (c) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

 

  (d) count and tabulate all votes or consents;

 

  (e) determine when the polls shall close;

 

  (f) determine the result; and

 

  (g) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote impartially.

DIRECTORS

 

115. There shall be a Board consisting of not less than five or more than nine persons (exclusive of alternate Directors) PROVIDED HOWEVER that the Company may from time to time by resolution passed by the holders of a majority of shares of the Company entitled to vote increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors. The first Directors of the Company shall be determined in writing by, or appointed by a resolution of, the subscribers of the Memorandum of Association.

 

116.

At the first annual general meeting of the Company after becoming eligible to have a classified Board, the Company shall divide its Board into three classes, designated Class I, Class II, and Class III, as nearly equal in number as the then total number of directors permits. At such annual general meeting, Class I directors shall be elected for a one-year term, Class II directors for a two-year term and Class III directors for a three-year term. At each annual general meeting thereafter, successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at that annual general meeting shall be elected for a three-year term. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any additional

 

— 40 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

 

directors of any class elected to fill a vacancy resulting from an increase in such class shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of that class, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any one or more classes or series of Preference Shares issued by the Company shall have the right, voting separately by class or series, to elect directors at an annual or general meeting of Members, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of these Articles applicable thereto, and such directors so elected shall not be divided into classes pursuant to this Article 116 unless expressly provided by such terms.

INTERESTED DIRECTORS

 

117. Any Director may continue to be or become a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or Member of any other company in which the Company may be interested and (unless otherwise agreed between the Company and the Director) no such Director shall be liable to account to the Company or the Members for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer or Member of any such other company. The Directors may exercise the voting powers conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company, or exercisable by them as directors of such other company in such manner in all respects as they think fit (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing themselves or any of them directors, managing directors, joint managing directors, deputy managing directors, executive directors, managers or other officers of such company) and any Director may vote in favour of the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid notwithstanding that he may be, or is about to be, appointed a director, managing director, joint managing director, deputy managing director, executive director, manager or other officer of such a company, and that as such he is or may become interested in the exercise of such voting rights in the manner aforesaid.

 

118. A Director may hold any other office or place of profit with the Company (except that of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and upon such terms as the Board may determine, and may be paid such extra remuneration therefor (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profit or otherwise) as the Board may determine, and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

 

119. A Director or alternate Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director or alternate Director.

 

120. A shareholding qualification for Directors may be fixed by the Company in general meeting, but unless and until so fixed no qualification shall be required.

 

121. A Director or alternate Director of the Company may be or become a Director or other Officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as shareholder or otherwise and no such Director or alternate Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a Director or Officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

— 41 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

122. A Director who to his knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at the meeting of the Board at which the question of entering into the contract or arrangement is first considered, if he knows his interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the Board after he knows that he is or has become so interested, either specifically or by way of a general notice stating that, by reason of facts specified in the notice, they are to be regarded as interested in any contracts of a specified description which may subsequently be made by the Company. No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or alternate Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director or alternate Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director or alternate Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director holding office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director (or his alternate Director in his absence) shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director or alternate Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

123. A general notice or disclosure to the Directors or otherwise contained in the minutes of a Meeting or a written resolution of the Directors or any committee thereof that a Director or alternate Director is a shareholder of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure under these Articles and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS AND PROXIES FOR DIRECTORS

 

124. A Director may at any time by notice in writing delivered to the registered office of the Company or at a meeting of the Board, appoint any person (including another Director) to be his alternate Director in his place during his absence and may in like manner at any time determine such appointment. Such appointment, unless previously approved by the Board, shall have effect only upon and subject to being so approved, provided that the Board may not withhold approval of any such appointment where the proposed appointee is a Director.

 

125. The appointment of an alternate Director shall determine on the happening of any event which, were he a Director, would cause him to vacate such office or if his appointor ceases to be a Director.

 

126. An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive and waive (in lieu of his appointor) notices of meetings of the Directors and shall be entitled to attend and vote as a Director and be counted in the quorum at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present and generally at such meeting to perform all the functions of his appointor as a Director and for the purposes of the proceedings at such meeting the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if he (instead of his appointor) were a Director. If he shall be himself a Director or shall attend any such meeting as an alternate for more than one Director his voting rights shall be cumulative and he need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way. To such extent as the Board may from time to time determine in relation to any committee of the Board, the foregoing provisions of this Article shall also apply mutatis mutandis to any meeting of any such committee of which his appointor is a Member. An alternate Director shall not, save as aforesaid, have power to act as a Director nor shall he be deemed to be a Director for the purposes of these Articles.

 

127. An alternate Director shall be entitled to contract and be interested in and benefit from contracts or arrangements or transactions and to be repaid expenses and to be indemnified to the same extent mutatis mutandis as if he were a Director, but he shall not be entitled to receive from the Company in respect of his appointment as alternate Director any remuneration except only such part (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time direct.

 

— 42 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

128. In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Article, a Director may be represented at any meeting of the Board (or of any committee of the Board) by a proxy appointed by him, in which event the presence or vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to be that of the Director. A proxy need not himself be a Director and the provisions of these Articles relating to the appointment of proxies by Members shall apply mutatis mutandis to the appointment of proxies by Directors save that an instrument appointing a proxy shall not become invalid after the expiration of twelve months from its date of execution but shall remain valid for such period as the instrument shall provide or, if no such provision is made in the instrument, until revoked in writing and save also that a Director may appoint any number of proxies although only one such proxy may attend in his stead at meetings of the Board (or of any committee of the Board).

REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS

 

129. The Directors shall be entitled to receive by way of remuneration for their services such sum as shall from time to time be determined by the Company in general meeting or by the Board, as the case may be, such sum (unless otherwise directed by the resolution by which it is determined) to be divided amongst the Directors in such proportions and in such manner as they may agree, or failing agreement, equally, except that in such event any Director holding office for less than the whole of the relevant period in respect of which the remuneration is paid shall only rank in such division in proportion to the time during such period for which he has held office. Such remuneration shall be in addition to any other remuneration to which a Director who holds any salaried employment or office in the Company may be entitled by reason of such employment or office.

 

130. The Board may grant special remuneration to any Director, who shall perform any special or extra services at the request of the Company. Such special remuneration may be made payable to such Director in addition to or in substitution for his ordinary remuneration as a Director, and may be made payable by way of salary, commission or participation in profits or otherwise as may be agreed.

 

131. The remuneration of an Executive Director or a Director appointed to any other office in the management of the Company shall from time to time be fixed by the Board and may be by way of salary, commission, or participation in profits or otherwise or by all or any of those modes and with such other benefits (including share option and/or pension and/or gratuity and/or other benefits on retirement) and allowances as the Board may from time to time decide. Such remuneration shall be in addition to such remuneration as the recipient may be entitled to receive as a Director.

 

132. The Directors shall be entitled to be paid all expenses, including travel expenses, reasonably incurred by them in or in connection with the performance of their duties as Directors including their expenses of travelling to and from Board meetings, committee meetings or general meetings or otherwise incurred whilst engaged on the business of the Company or in the discharge of their duties as Directors.

POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS

 

133.

The business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors (or a sole Director if only one is appointed) who may pay all expenses incurred in promoting, registering and setting up the Company, and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, from time to time by the Law, or by

 

— 43 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

 

these Articles, or such regulations, being not inconsistent with the aforesaid, as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting PROVIDED HOWEVER that no regulations made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that regulation had not been made.

 

134. The Directors may from time to time and at any time by powers of attorney appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorneys as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

135. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall from time to time by resolution determine.

 

136. The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books provided for the purpose:

 

  (a) of all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

 

  (b) of the names of the Directors (including those represented thereat by an alternate or by proxy) present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors;

 

  (c) of all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

 

137. The Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

138. The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

MANAGEMENT

 

139. The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company (including the power to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company any securities of other entities held by the Company) in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the three next following paragraphs shall be without prejudice to the general powers conferred by this paragraph.

 

140. The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any persons to be members of such committees or local boards or any managers or agents and may fix their remuneration.

 

— 44 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

141. The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors (including the power to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company any securities of other entities held by the Company) and may authorise the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill up any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

142. Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorised by the Directors to sub delegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretions for the time being vested in them.

MANAGING DIRECTORS

 

143. The Directors may, from time to time, appoint one or more of their body (but not an alternate Director) to the office of Managing Director for such term and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary, or commission, or participation in profits, or partly in one way and partly in another) as they may think fit but his appointment shall be subject to determination ipso facto if he ceases from any cause to be a Director and no alternate Director appointed by him can act in his stead as a Director or Managing Director.

 

144. The Directors may entrust to and confer upon a Managing Director any of the powers exercisable by them upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they may think fit and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers.

PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

145. Except as otherwise provided by these Articles, the Directors shall meet together for the despatch of business, convening, adjourning and otherwise regulating their meetings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided, resolutions shall be adopted and other action shall be taken only upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors and alternate Directors present at a meeting at which there is a quorum, the vote of an alternate Director not being counted if his appointor be present at such meeting.

 

146. The President, any Vice President, the Secretary or any two Directors may at any time summon a meeting of the Directors by at least four days’ notice in writing or forty eight hours oral notice to every Director and alternate Director which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered PROVIDED FURTHER if notice is given in person, by cable, telex or telecopy the same shall be deemed to have been given on the day it is delivered to the Directors or transmitting organisation as the case may be. Any oral notice given personally or by telephone may be communicated either to the director or to a person at the office of the Director who the person giving the notice has reason to believe will promptly communicate it to the Director.

147. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Director (i) who signs a waiver of notice or a consent to holding the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof, whether before or after the meeting, or (ii) who attends the meeting without protesting, prior thereto or at its commencement, the lack of notice to such Director. All such waivers, consents, and approvals shall be filed with the corporate records or made part of the minutes of the meeting. A waiver of notice need not specify the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the Board.

 

— 45 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

148. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors shall be a majority of the Directors present in person or by proxy. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of Directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

149. For the purposes of Article 148 an alternate Director or proxy appointed by a Director shall be counted in a quorum at a meeting at which the Director appointing him is not present.

 

150. A majority of the Directors present, whether or not constituting a quorum (provided there was a quorum when the meeting started) may adjourn any meeting to another time and place). Notice of the time and place of holding an adjourned meeting need not be given unless the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty-four hours. If the meeting is adjourned for more than twenty four hours, then notice of the time and place of the adjourned meeting shall be given before the adjourned meeting takes place, in the manner specified in Article 146 to the Directors not present at the time of the adjournment.

 

151. The Directors may elect a Chairman of their Board and determine the period for which he is to hold office; but if no such Chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the Chairman is not present within thirty minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be Chairman of the meeting.

 

152. The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of the Board (including alternate Directors in the absence of their appointors) as they think fit; any committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors.

 

153. A committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by the affirmative vote of all members present.

 

154. All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors (including any person acting as an alternate Director) shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and qualified to be a Director or alternate Director as the case may be.

 

155. Members of the Board or of any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the Board or of such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

156. A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts), signed by all the Directors for the time being or all the members of a committee of Directors (an alternate Director being entitled to sign such resolution on behalf of his appointor) shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors or committee as the case may be duly convened and held.

 

— 46 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

 

157. Any director may resign effective on giving written notice to the Board, unless the notice specifies a later time for that resignation to become effective. If the resignation of a director is effective at a future time, the Board may elect a successor to take office when the resignation becomes effective.

 

158. The Directors may appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with the Articles as the maximum number of Directors. Each Director so elected shall hold office only until the next annual meeting of the Members and shall then be eligible for re-election.

 

159. The Members may elect a Director or Directors at any time to fill any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the Directors.

 

160. The Company may by ordinary resolution remove any Director at any time.

PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT

 

161. Director of the Company who is present at a meeting of the Board at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the Minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

SEAL

 

162. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors in that behalf and every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by one person who shall be either a Director or the Secretary or Secretary Treasurer or some person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

PROVIDED THAT the Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands, a duplicate seal or seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the Common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

PROVIDED FURTHER THAT a Director, Secretary or other officer or representative or attorney may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal of the Company over his signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by him under Seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever.

OFFICERS

 

163. The Company may have a President, a Secretary or Secretary Treasurer appointed by the Directors who may also from time to time appoint such other officers as they consider necessary, all for such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors from time to time prescribe.

 

— 47 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

DIVIDENDS

 

164. Subject to the rights, preferences and privileges attached to any class of Shares, each Ordinary Share shall be entitled to receive such dividends at such times and from time to time as the Directors consider appropriate. No dividend shall be paid on the Ordinary Shares unless a dividend has been declared or paid on each class of Preference Shares and no dividend shall be declared on any class of Preference Shares unless dividends have been declared on all other classes of Preference Shares.

 

165. All dividends declared shall be declared payable to the holders thereof registered as such on the record date specified by the Directors at the time such dividends are declared.

 

166. The Directors may, before declaring any dividends, or distributions set aside such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose of the Company and pending such application may, at the like discretion, be employed in the business of the Company.

 

167. No dividend or distribution shall be payable except out of the profits of the Company, realised or unrealised or out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by the Law.

 

168. The Directors may deduct from any dividend or distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

169. The Directors may declare that any dividend or distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of paid up shares, debentures, or debenture stock of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional certificates and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

170. Any dividend, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the holder who is first named on the register of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends, bonuses, or other monies payable in respect of the share held by them as joint holders.

 

171. No dividend shall bear interest against the Company.

CAPITALISATION

 

172.

The Company may upon the recommendation of the Directors by ordinary resolution authorise the Directors to capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution and to appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst them had the same been a distribution of profits by way of dividend and to apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued shares (not being redeemable shares) for allotment and distribution credited as

 

— 48 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

 

fully paid up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalisation, with full power to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit for the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

UNTRACEABLE SHAREHOLDERS

 

173. The Company shall be entitled to sell any shares of a Member or the shares to which a person is entitled by virtue of transmission on death or bankruptcy or operation of law if and provided that:

 

  (a) all cheques or warrants, not being less than three in number, for any sums payable in cash to the holder of such shares have remained uncashed for a period of 12 years;

 

  (b) the Company has not during that time or before the expiry of the three month period referred to in paragraph (d) below received any indication of the whereabouts or existence of the Member or person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law;

 

  (c) during the 12 year period, at least three dividends in respect of the shares in question have become payable and no dividend during that period has been claimed by the Member; and

 

  (d) upon expiry of the 12 year period, the Company has given notice of its intention to sell such shares to the shareholder at its address as shown in the register of members and a period of three months has elapsed since such notice and the shareholder has not responded to it.

 

174. To give effect to any sale contemplated by Article 173, the Company may appoint any person to execute as transferor an instrument of transfer of the said shares and such other documents as are necessary to effect the transfer, and such documents shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder of or person entitled by transmission to such shares and the title of the transferee shall not be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating thereto. The net proceeds of sale shall belong to the Company which shall be obliged to account to the former Member or other person previously entitled as aforesaid for an amount equal to such proceeds and shall enter the name of such former Member or other person in the books of the Company as a creditor for such amount. No trust shall be created in respect of the debt, no interest shall be payable in respect of the same and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned on the net proceeds, which may be employed in the business of the Company or invested in such investments (other than shares or other securities in or of the Company or its holding company if any) or as the Board may from time to time think fit.

DOCUMENT DESTRUCTION

 

175.

The Company shall be entitled to destroy all instruments of transfer, probate, letters of administration, stop notices, powers of attorney, certificates of marriage or death and other documents relating to or affecting title to securities in or of the Company (“Registrable Documents”) which have been registered at any time after the expiration of six years from the date of registration thereof and all dividend mandates and notifications of change of address at any time after the expiration of two years from the date of recording thereof and all share certificates which have been cancelled at any time

 

— 49 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

 

after the expiration of one year from the date of the cancellation thereof and it shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the register if purporting to have been made on the basis of an instrument of transfer or Registrable Document so destroyed was duly and properly made and every instrument of transfer or Registrable Document so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument or document duly and properly registered and every share certificate so destroyed was a valid and effective certificate duly and properly cancelled and every other document hereinbefore mentioned so destroyed was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company, provided always that:

 

  (a) the provisions aforesaid shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice of the Company of any claim (regardless of the parties thereto) to which the document might be relevant;

 

  (b) nothing herein contained shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any other circumstances which would not attach to the Company in the absence of this Article; and

 

  (c) references herein to the destruction of any document include references to the disposal thereof in any manner.

BOOKS OF ACCOUNT

 

176. The Directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept with respect to:

 

  (a) all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place;

 

  (b) all sales and purchases of goods by the Company;

 

  (c) the assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

177. Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

178. The minutes and accounting books and records shall be open to inspection upon the written demand of any Member, at any reasonable time during usual business hours, for a purpose reasonably related to the Member’s interests as a shareholder. The inspection may be made in person or by an agent or attorney and shall include the right to copy and make extracts. Such rights of inspection shall extend to the records of each subsidiary of the Company.

 

179. The Directors may from time to time cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

AUDIT

 

180.

The Auditors shall audit the profit and loss account and balance sheet of the Company in each year and shall prepare a report thereon to be annexed thereto. Such report shall be laid before the Company at its annual general meeting in each year and shall be open to inspection by any Member. The Auditors

 

— 50 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

 

shall at the next annual general meeting following their appointment and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Board or any general meeting of the Members, make a report on the accounts of the Company in general meeting during their tenure of office.

 

181. The Company shall at any annual general meeting appoint an auditor or auditors of the Company who shall hold office until the next annual general meeting. The remuneration of the Auditors shall be fixed by the Company at the annual general meeting at which they are appointed provided that in respect of any particular year the Company in general meeting may delegate the fixing of such remuneration to the Board. No person may be appointed as the, or an, Auditor, unless he is independent of the Company. The Board may before the first annual general meeting appoint an auditor or auditors of the Company who shall hold office until the first annual general meeting unless previously removed by an ordinary resolution of the Members in general meeting in which case the Members at that meeting may appoint Auditors. The Board may fill any casual vacancy in the office of Auditor but while any such vacancy continues the surviving or continuing Auditor or Auditors, if any, may act. The remuneration of any Auditor appointed by the Board under this Article may be fixed by the Board.

 

182. Every statement of accounts audited by the Auditors and presented by the Board at an annual general meeting shall after approval at such meeting be conclusive except as regards any error discovered therein within three months of the approval thereof. Whenever any such error is discovered within that period, it shall forthwith be corrected, and the statement of account amended in respect of the error shall be conclusive.

NOTICES

 

183. Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by post, cable, telex or telecopy to him or to his address as shown in the register of Members Notices may also be served by advertisement in appropriate newspapers in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange.

 

184. Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre paying and posting a letter containing the notice, and to have been effected at the expiration of sixty hours after the letter containing the same is posted as aforesaid.

 

185. Where a notice is sent by cable, telex, or telecopy, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, and sending such notice through a transmitting organisation and to have been effected on the day the same is sent as aforesaid.

 

186. A notice may be given by the Company to the joint holders of record of a share by giving the notice to the joint holder first named on the register of Members in respect of the share.

 

187. A notice may be given by the Company to the person or persons which the Company has been advised are entitled to a share or shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member by sending it through the post as aforesaid in a pre paid letter addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

— 51 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

188. Sufficient notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner hereinbefore authorised to:

 

  (a) every person shown as a Member in the register of Members as of the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the register of Members;

 

  (b) every person upon whom the ownership of a share devolves by reason of his being a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member of record where the Member of record but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting; and

 

  (c) no other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

INFORMATION

 

189. No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information in respect of any detail of the Company’s trading or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Board would not be in the interests of the Members or the Company to communicate to the public.

 

190. The Board shall be entitled to release or disclose any information in its possession, custody or control regarding the Company or its affairs to any of its Members including, without limitation, information contained in the register of Members and transfer books of the Company.

WINDING UP

 

191. If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in satisfaction of creditors’ claims in such manner and order as he thinks fit. Subject to the rights, preferences and privileges of any class of shares the Liquidator shall, in relation to the assets available for distribution among the Members, distribute the same to the Members in proportion to the number of shares held.

 

192. If the Company shall be wound up, and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid up capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively. And if in a winding up the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively. This Article is to be without prejudice to the rights of the holders of shares issued upon special terms and conditions.

INDEMNITY

 

193.

The Directors and officers for the time being of the Company and any trustee for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and their heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives respectively shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them shall or may incur or sustain by reason of any act done or omitted in or about the execution of their duty in their respective offices or trusts, except such (if any) as they shall incur or sustain by or through their own wilful neglect or default respectively and no such

 

— 52 —


APPENDIX II — PROPOSED ARTICLES

 

 

Director, officer or trustee shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of any other Director, officer or trustee or for joining in any receipt for the sake of conformity or for the solvency or honesty of any banker or other persons with whom any monies or effects belonging to the Company may be lodged or deposited for safe custody or for any insufficiency of any security upon which any monies of the Company may be invested or for any other loss or damage due to any such cause as aforesaid or which may happen in or about the execution of his office or trust unless the same shall happen through the wilful neglect or default of such Director, Officer or trustee.

FISCAL YEAR

 

194. Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31 December in each year.

AMENDMENTS OF ARTICLES

 

195. Subject to the Law and to Article 9, the Company may at any time and from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend these Articles in whole or in part.

TRANSFER BY WAY OF CONTINUATION

 

196. If the Company is exempted as defined in the Law, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Law and with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

— 53 —


NOTICE OF EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL MEETING

LOGO

(Incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)

(Stock Code 457)

NOTICE OF EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL MEETING

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that an extraordinary general meeting (“EGM”) of O 2 Micro International Limited (the “Company”) will be held at or about 2:15 p.m. on Friday, 29 May 2009, Cayman Islands time (3:15 a.m. on Saturday, 30 May 2009, Hong Kong time), at the offices of Maples and Calder, P.O. Box 309, Ugland House, South Church Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands at which meeting the following proposals will be put to the vote of the Shareholders:

PROPOSAL NO. 1 — ORDINARY RESOLUTION

That the voluntary withdrawal of the listing of the Company’s ordinary shares on the Main Board of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Proposed Withdrawal”) be and is hereby approved and any Director or Directors be and are hereby authorized to execute such documents, make such applications and submissions and do all such acts, deeds or things incidental thereto or arising in connection therewith as such Director deems appropriate, and all such actions by any Director on behalf of the Company in such connection heretofore be and are hereby approved, confirmed and ratified.

PROPOSAL NO. 2 — SPECIAL RESOLUTION

That the memorandum and articles of association of the Company be amended and restated by the deletion of the existing memorandum and articles of association in their entirety and the substitution in their place of the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association set out in Appendix II to the Company’s circular dated 24 April 2009, conditionally on and with effect from the Proposed Withdrawal becoming effective, and any Director or Directors be and are hereby authorized to execute such documents, make such applications and submissions and do all such acts, deeds or things incidental thereto or arising in connection therewith as such Director deems appropriate, and all such actions by any Director on behalf of the Company in such connection heretofore be and are hereby approved, confirmed and ratified.

PROPOSAL NO. 3 — ORDINARY RESOLUTION

That the adoption of the 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan be and is hereby approved, conditionally on and with effect from the withdrawal of the listing of the Company’s Shares on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited becoming effective, and any Director or Directors be and are hereby authorized to execute such documents, make such applications and submissions and do all such acts, deeds or things incidental thereto or arising in connection therewith as such Director deems appropriate, and all such actions by any Director on behalf of the Company in such connection heretofore be and are hereby approved, confirmed and ratified.

 

— 54 —


NOTICE OF EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL MEETING

 

PROPOSAL NO. 4 — ORDINARY RESOLUTION

That the amendment of the Company’s 2005 Share Option Plan by increasing the number of Shares available for issue thereunder from 100,000,000 to 175,000,000 Shares and removing references to Hong Kong and Hong Kong related rules and regulations be and is hereby approved, conditionally on and with effect from the withdrawal of the listing of the Company’s Shares on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited becoming effective, and any Director or Directors be and are hereby authorized to execute such documents, make such applications and submissions and do all such acts, deeds or things incidental thereto or arising in connection therewith as such Director deems appropriate, and all such actions by any Director on behalf of the Company in such connection heretofore be and are hereby approved, confirmed and ratified.

PROPOSAL NO. 5 — ORDINARY RESOLUTION

That the amendment of the Company’s 2005 Share Incentive Plan by increasing the number of Shares available for issue thereunder from 75,000,000 to 125,000,000 Shares and removing references to Hong Kong and Hong Kong related rules and regulations be and is hereby approved, conditionally on and with effect from the withdrawal of the listing of the Company’s Shares on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited becoming effective, and any Director or Directors be and are hereby authorized to execute such documents, make such applications and submissions and do all such acts, deeds or things incidental thereto or arising in connection therewith as such Director deems appropriate, and all such actions by any Director on behalf of the Company in such connection heretofore be and are hereby approved, confirmed and ratified.

Yours faithfully,

By Order of the Board

O 2 Micro International Limited Sterling Du

Executive Director

Hong Kong, 24 April 2009

Notes:

 

1. The Board has fixed the close of business on Monday, 11 May 2009 as the record date for the determination of Shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the EGM and any adjournment thereof. The Board has fixed the close of business on Friday, 17 April 2009 as the record date for ADS holders entitled to notice of and to vote at the EGM. Accordingly, only holders of record of Shares or ADSs of the Company at the close of business on such respective dates shall be entitled to vote or give instructions to The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary bank for the Company’s ADSs, to cause the Shares underlying the ADSs to be voted, as applicable, at the EGM or any adjournment thereof.

 

2. We ask that you complete, date and sign the accompanying form of proxy (or the ADS Voting Instruction Card if you hold ADSs) as instructed below (or, in the case of ADS Voting Instructions Cards, in accordance with the instructions accompanying them). Proxies must be returned to the Company, care of its Hong Kong Branch Registrar Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited, at Rooms 1806–1807, 18th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong, not later than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the EGM or adjourned EGM. If you are a registered holder of Shares, you may revoke your proxy and vote in person if you later decide to attend in person.

 

3. If two or more persons are jointly regarded as holders of a Share, the vote of the senior person who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of other joint holders. For this purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand on the Company’s register of members in respect of the relevant Shares.

 

* For identification purposes only

 

— 55 —


PROXY STATEMENT

GENERAL INFORMATION

This Proxy Statement, as well as the accompanying proxy (if you hold Shares) or ADS Voting Instruction Card (if you hold ADSs), provide information to Shareholders and ADSs holders in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board for the EGM.

Voting By Registered Shareholders

When your proxy is returned properly executed by you as a Shareholder, the Shares it represents will be voted in accordance with your specifications. You have three choices as to your vote on each of the items described in this Proxy Statement that are to be voted upon at the EGM. You may vote “for” or “against” each item or “abstain” from voting by marking the appropriate box.

If you sign and return your proxy but do not specify any choices, you will thereby confer discretionary authority for your Shares to be voted as recommended by the Board. The proxy also confers discretionary authority on the individuals named therein to vote on any variations to the proposed resolutions.

Whether or not you plan to attend the EGM, you can be assured that your Shares are voted by completing, signing, dating and returning the enclosed proxy to the Company’s Hong Kong Branch Registrar not later than 48 hours prior to the time set for the EGM. You may revoke your proxy at any time before it is exercised by giving written notice thereof to the Secretary of the Company, by submitting a subsequently dated proxy, by attending the EGM and withdrawing the proxy, or by voting in person at the EGM.

Each Shareholder whose name is recorded in the register of members of the Company, at the close of business on the Hong Kong Record Date, is entitled on a poll to one vote for each Share so held at the EGM, and this includes BoNYM which is the registered holder of all Shares deposited into the Company’s ADS Program. See “Voting by Holders of ADSs” below. All such Shares entitled to vote at the EGM are referred to in this Proxy Statement as “Record Shares”. The presence in person or by proxy of Shareholders holding a majority of the Record Shares will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at the EGM. Resolutions put to the vote at the EGM will be decided by poll, and every holder of a Record Share present in person or by proxy is entitled to one vote for each Record Share held.

If two or more persons are jointly registered as holders of a Share then in voting, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of other holders of the Share, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand on the register of members.

Voting by Holders of ADSs

BoNYM, as depositary of the ADSs, has advised us that it intends to mail to all owners of ADSs this circular and an ADS Voting Instruction Card. Upon the written request of an owner of record of ADSs, BoNYM will endeavour, to the extent practicable, to vote or cause to be voted the amount of Shares represented by the ADSs, evidenced by ADS related to those ADRs, in accordance with the instructions set forth in such request. BoNYM has advised us that it will not vote or attempt to exercise the right to vote other than in accordance with those instructions. As the holder of record for all the Shares represented by the ADSs, only BoNYM may vote those Shares at the EGM.

 

— 56 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

BoNYM and its agents are not responsible if they fail to carry out your voting instructions or for the manner in which they carry out your voting instructions. This means that if the Shares underlying your ADSs are not able to be voted at the EGM, there may be nothing you can do.

If (i) the enclosed ADS Voting Instruction Card is signed but is missing voting instructions, (ii) the enclosed ADS Voting Instruction Card is improperly completed or (iii) no ADS Voting Instruction Card is received by BoNYM from a holder of ADSs by 5:00 p.m. on 21 May 2009, New York time (5:00 a.m. on 22 May 2009, Hong Kong time) (the “ADS Voting Deadline”), BoNYM will deem such holder of ADSs to have instructed it to give a proxy to the chairman of the EGM to vote in favour of each proposal recommended by the Board and against each proposal opposed by the Board. Holders of ADSs can only change their instructions to BoNYM by providing a new ADS Voting Instruction Card to BoNYM prior to the ADS Voting Deadline. ADS holders cannot vote or change the instructions previously delivered to BoNYM in an ADS Voting Instruction Card by attending the EGM in person.

 

— 57 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

PROPOSAL NO. 1: PROPOSED VOLUNTARY WITHDRAWAL OF LISTING ON THE MAIN BOARD OF THE STOCK EXCHANGE OF HONG KONG LIMITED

On 27 February 2009, the Company submitted an application to the Stock Exchange for the voluntary withdrawal of the listing of the Shares on the Main Board of the Stock Exchange. The Proposed Withdrawal is subject to, inter alia , Shareholders of the Company passing an ordinary resolution at the EGM. The Company intends to retain the primary listing of ADSs on the NASDAQ and the secondary listing of the ADSs on the Cayman Islands Stock Exchange, following the Proposed Withdrawal becoming effective and for the foreseeable future. The secondary listing of the Shares on the Cayman Islands Stock Exchange will cease upon the Proposed Withdrawal becoming effective.

Subject to the Proposed Withdrawal becoming effective, Shareholders will have the option of either (i) holding the Shares (which will not be listed on the Stock Exchange after the Delisting Date), or (ii) subject to depositing their Shares with BoNYM and complying with the requisite procedures and U.S. securities laws, holding their interest in the form of ADSs, which are listed for trading on the NASDAQ.

Please refer to the main body of this circular for the indicative timetable, reasons, conditions and effects of the Proposed Withdrawal. Shareholders and ADS holders should refer to the main body of this circular for actions that may be taken by them.

Required Vote; Recommendation

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Shares present in person (or, in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or represented by proxy and voting at the EGM will be required to approve this proposal no. 1.

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE PROPOSED VOLUNTARY WITHDRAWAL OF LISTING ON THE MAIN BOARD OF THE STOCK EXCHANGE OF HONG KONG LIMITED. UNLESS DIRECTED TO THE CONTRARY, THE ORDINARY SHARES REPRESENTED BY VALID PROXIES WILL BE VOTED FOR THE PROPOSED VOLUNTARY WITHDRAWAL OF LISTING ON THE MAIN BOARD OF THE STOCK EXCHANGE OF HONG KONG LIMITED. ORDINARY SHARES UNDERLYING ADSs WILL BE VOTED AS DESCRIBED UNDER “VOTING BY HOLDERS OF ADSs” ABOVE.

 

— 58 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

PROPOSAL NO. 2: ADOPTION OF THE PROPOSED ARTICLES

Introduction

In November 2005, our Shareholders adopted the current Articles (the “Existing Articles”) in order to comply with certain requirements of the Stock Exchange. Because we are now seeking to delist our Shares from the Stock Exchange, the Board has recommended certain changes to the Existing Articles to remove the changes adopted in November 2005, as well as to make related conforming changes and to correct certain non-substantive errors and omissions. No substantive changes will be made to the memorandum of association of the Company as a result of the adoption of the Proposed Articles. You are being asked to approve the Proposed Articles.

If this proposal is approved by SPECIAL RESOLUTION of our Shareholders, the Proposed Articles will become effective upon the Proposed Withdrawal becoming effective.

Brief Summary of Changes

The following is a summary of the material changes to the Existing Articles which we are proposing for adoption:

 

Amendments:    As required by the Listing Rules, the Existing Articles provide that such Articles and our Memorandum of Association may only be amended by special resolution, except for certain changes to our share capital in the Memorandum of Association which may still be approved by an ordinary resolution. Under the Listing Rules, a special resolution requires, for all matters before Shareholders, approval of three-fourths of the Shares entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy at the meeting.
   The Proposed Articles will provide that our Memorandum of Association may be amended by ordinary resolution (meaning approval by a simple majority of the Shares entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy), except that amendments to change our name or objects or reduce our Share capital and any capital redemption reserve fund must be approved by a special resolution (meaning approval by two-thirds of the Shares entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy).
Special Resolutions:    The Listing Rules require that a special resolution requires, for all matters before Shareholders, approval of three-fourths of the Shares entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy. The Listing Rules requirement, which was inserted into the Existing Articles prior to the Introduction, will be removed in the Proposed Articles and a special resolution will require the approval of two- thirds of the Shares entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy.

 

— 59 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

Shares:    As required by the Listing Rules, our Existing Articles provide, in pertinent part, that subject to applicable law, our Articles and any special rights conferred on any shares, any share of our Company may be issued with or have attached thereto such rights or restrictions as Shareholders may determine by an ordinary resolution. If there is no such resolution, the Board may make the determination.
   In addition, the Existing Articles provide that if we purchase for redemption a redeemable share, any purchase not effected through the market or by tender is limited to a maximum price as may from time to time be determined in a general meeting of Shareholders, either generally or with regard to specific purchases.
   Moreover, if purchases of redeemable shares are made by tender, the tender must be available to all Shareholders on the same terms.
   Because we will no longer be subject to the requirements of the Listing Rules after the Proposed Withdrawal becomes effective, the Proposed Articles will remove the provisions above.
Disclosure of Share Interests:    The Existing Articles provide that no action shall be taken to freeze or otherwise impair any of the rights attaching to any Shares by reason only that the person or persons who are interested directly or indirectly therein have failed to disclose their interest to the Company.
   This provision will be deleted in the Proposed Articles.
Shareholder Meetings:    As required by the Listing Rules, the Existing Articles provide that an annual general meeting should be held each year and not more than 15 months (or such longer period as the Stock Exchange may authorize) may lapse between the annual general meetings of Shareholders.
   The Proposed Articles will require that an annual general meeting be held in each year.

 

— 60 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

Notice of Shareholder Meetings:    The Listing Rules require that any annual or extraordinary general meeting at which a special resolution is proposed must be convened on at least 21 days’ clear notice, and any extraordinary general meeting at which ordinary resolutions are to be proposed must be convened on at least 14 days’ notice. These requirements will be deleted in the Proposed Articles, which will provide that at least ten days’ notice (but not more than sixty days’ notice) shall be given of an annual general meeting or any other general meeting, but a general meeting may be called by shorter notice, subject to the Companies Law, if it is so agreed in accordance with the current short notice provisions in the Articles.
   In addition, a new article will be inserted in the Proposed Articles, providing that the accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice thereof shall not invalidate the proceedings of that meeting.
Proxies:    The Existing Articles provide that proxies may be lodged at the registered office of the Company or at such other place as specified in the notice convening the meeting, no later than the time for holding the meeting.
   This provision will be amended in the Proposed Articles to require that proxies are generally lodged not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting, although the Directors may provide for proxies to be lodged no later than the time for holding the meeting in the notice convening the meeting.
Votes of Members:    As required by the Listing Rules, the Existing Articles provide that where the Company has knowledge that any member is, under the rules of a designated stock exchange, required to abstain from voting on any particular resolution of the Company or restricted to voting only for or only against any particular resolution of the Company, any votes cast by or on behalf of such member in contravention of such requirement or restriction shall not be counted.
   This provision will be deleted in the Proposed Articles.

 

— 61 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

Directors:    As required by the Listing Rules the Existing Articles state that a Director may not vote or be counted toward a quorum on any resolution of our Board approving any contract or arrangement or other proposal in which he or any of his associates is materially interested. Article 119 of the Existing Articles lists certain exceptions to this rule.
   In addition, the Existing Articles also state that our Board must obtain Shareholder approval at a general meeting before making any compensatory payment to any past or present director for the loss of office or as consideration for or in connection with the director’s retirement from our Board.
   The Existing Articles further prohibit us from: (1) making loans to a Director (or a director of a holding company of our Company) or any of their associates, (2) entering into any guarantee or providing security for a loan to any such party or (3) making a loan, entering into a guaranty or providing any security in connection with a loan to a company in which one or more of our directors hold a controlling interest.
   Because we will no longer be subject to the requirements of the Listing Rules after the Proposed Withdrawal becomes effective, the Proposed Articles will remove the provisions above.
   The Proposed Articles will provide that a Director (or his alternate in his absence) shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director or their alternates in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.
Nomination of Directors:    The procedure for nomination of a Director of our Company by a Shareholder will be changed in the Proposed Articles and will revert to the mechanism which was in place prior to the listing of the Shares on the Stock Exchange.

 

— 62 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

Removal and Appointment of Directors:    As required by the Listing Rules, the Existing Articles state that any Director may be removed by a special resolution passed by the Shareholders at a general meeting at any time, notwithstanding any agreement between our Company and the Director. In addition, the Shareholders’ right to elect a Director to fill a vacancy or vacancies not filled by the Directors was removed.
   Because we will no longer be subject to the requirements of the Listing Rules after the Proposed Withdrawal becomes effective, these provisions will be deleted in the Proposed Articles, which will provide that a Director may be removed by ordinary resolution of the Shareholders and reinstate the Shareholders’ right to elect a Director to fill a vacancy or vacancies not filled by the Directors.
Unclaimed Dividends:    As required by the Listing Rules, under the Existing Articles, unclaimed dividends may not be forfeited by our Company until after six or more years following the date of declaration of the dividend and we may cease sending checks for dividends or dividend warrants by post if such checks or warrants have been left uncashed for two consecutive occasions. We may, however, exercise this power after the first occasion on which such a check or warrant is returned to us undelivered.
   Because we will no longer be subject to the requirements of the Listing Rules after the Proposed Withdrawal becomes effective, the Proposed Articles will remove the provisions above.
Reports to Shareholders:    As required by the Listing Rules, the Existing Articles provide that a copy of a report from our Directors, accompanied by the balance sheet and profit and loss account up to the end of the applicable fiscal year and an auditors’ report, must be sent to Shareholders at least 21 days before the date of an annual general meeting. The audited accounts must also be sent at the same time as the notice of the annual general meeting of Shareholders and be presented at such meeting.
   The Proposed Articles will remove this requirement and provide that our Directors may from time to time cause to be prepared and presented at a general meeting of Shareholders profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

— 63 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

Inspection of Register of Members:   

In order to comply with the Listing Rules, the Existing Articles provide that the register(s) of members shall during normal business hours (subject to such reasonable restrictions as the Directors may impose) be open to inspection by any member of the Company without charge and by any other person on payment of such fee as may from time to time be permitted under the rules of the Stock Exchange.

 

This provision will be deleted in the Proposed Articles.

To address the foregoing amendments, as well as to make related conforming changes and to correct certain non-substantive errors and omissions, our Board recommends the approval of the Proposed Articles, which are set out in full in Appendix II to this circular of which this Proxy Statement forms part and are incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Proposed Articles. You are urged to review the Proposed Articles carefully and in their entirety.

Required Vote; Recommendation

The affirmative vote of the holders of three-fourths of the Shares present in person (or, in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or represented by proxy and voting at the EGM will be required to approve this proposal no. 2.

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE ADOPTION OF THE PROPOSED ARTICLES. UNLESS DIRECTED TO THE CONTRARY, THE ORDINARY SHARES REPRESENTED BY VALID PROXIES WILL BE VOTED FOR THE ADOPTION OF THE PROPOSED ARTICLES. ORDINARY SHARES UNDERLYING ADSs WILL BE VOTED AS DESCRIBED UNDER “VOTING BY HOLDERS OF ADSs” ABOVE.

 

— 64 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

PROPOSAL NO. 3: ADOPTION OF 2009 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN (THE “ESPP”)

The Shareholders are being asked to approve and adopt the 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). A summary of the ESPP is set forth below. This description is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the ESPP, a copy of which is available for inspection by Shareholders and ADS holders at KCS Hong Kong Limited of 8th Floor, Gloucester Tower, The Landmark, 15 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong or the Company’s office at 3118 Patrick Henry Drive, Santa Clara CA 95094.

If this proposal is approved by ORDINARY RESOLUTION of our Shareholders, the ESPP will become effective upon the Proposed Withdrawal becoming effective.

The following is a summary of the principal terms of the ESPP.

 

(a) Purpose of the ESPP

The purpose of the ESPP is to attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentives to employees and to promote the success of our business.

 

(b) Who may join

All employees who are regularly employed for more than five months in any calendar year and work more than 20 hours per week are eligible to participate in the ESPP, subject to a 10-day waiting period after hiring. Non-employee directors, consultants and employees subject to the rules or laws of a non-US jurisdiction that prohibit or make impracticable their participation in the ESPP will not be eligible to participate.

 

(c) Number of securities available for issue under the ESPP

The total number of Shares subject to options and purchase rights granted by us under the ESPP (or any other of our share incentive plans) to an employee (including both exercised and outstanding options) in any 12-month period may not exceed 1% of the Shares outstanding at the date of such grant. If such grant would cause the total number of Shares subject to options and purchase rights to exceed 1% of the Shares outstanding on the date of grant, such grant must be approved by our Shareholders at a general meeting.

 

(d) Individual Limit

The maximum number of Shares that any employee may purchase under the ESPP during a purchase period is 100,000 Shares. The U.S. Internal Revenue Code imposes additional limitations on the amount of common stock that may be purchased during any calendar year.

 

(e) Purchase Rights

The ESPP is intended to qualify as an “Employee Stock Purchase Plan” under Section 423 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code in order to provide our employees with an opportunity to purchase Shares through payroll deductions.

The ESPP will designate offer periods, purchase periods and exercise dates. Offer periods (and purchase periods) are three months in duration and commence on each February, May, August and November. Exercise dates are the last day of each purchase period.

 

— 65 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

On the first day of each offer period, a participating employee will be granted a purchase right. A purchase right will automatically be exercised at the end of the purchase period during which authorized deductions are to be made from the pay of participants and credited to their accounts under the ESPP. When the purchase right is exercised, the participant’s withheld salary is used to purchase Shares. Payroll deductions may range from 1% to 10% in whole percentage increments of a participant’s regular base pay and shall commence on the first day of each offer period.

Upon termination of a participant’s employment relationship, the payroll deductions credited to such participant’s account during the offer period but not yet used to exercise the option will be returned to such participant or, in the case of his/her death, to the person or persons entitled and such participant’s option will be automatically terminated.

 

(f) Administration of the ESPP

The Board or a committee designated by the Board (the “Administrator”) administers the ESPP. The Administrator has full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the ESPP, to determine eligibility and to adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the ESPP. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator, there is no performance target that needs to be achieved by the participant before a purchase right can be exercised nor any minimum period for which a purchase right must be held before a purchase right can be exercised.

 

(g) Purchase Price

The price per Share at which Shares are purchased under the ESPP will be expressed as a percentage not less than the lower of (i) 90% of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of grant of the purchase right (which is the commencement of the offer period) or (ii) 90% of the fair market value of the Shares on the date the purchase right is exercised.

 

(h) Period of the ESPP

Unless terminated sooner, the ESPP will terminate ten years after its initial adoption.

Required Vote; Recommendation

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Shares present in person (or, in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or represented by proxy and voting at the EGM will be required to approve this proposal no. 3.

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE APPROVAL, ADOPTION AND RATIFICATION OF THE COMPANY’S 2009 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN. UNLESS DIRECTED TO THE CONTRARY, THE ORDINARY SHARES REPRESENTED BY VALID PROXIES WILL BE VOTED FOR THE APPROVAL, ADOPTION AND RATIFICATION OF THE 2009 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN. ORDINARY SHARES UNDERLYING ADSs WILL BE VOTED AS DESCRIBED UNDER “VOTING BY HOLDERS OF ADSs” ABOVE.

 

— 66 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

PROPOSAL NO. 4: AMENDMENT OF 2005 SHARE OPTION PLAN BY INCREASING THE NUMBER OF SHARES AVAILABLE UNDER IT FROM 100,000,000 TO 175,000,000 SHARES AND REMOVING REFERENCES TO HONG KONG AND HONG KONG RELATED RULES AND REGULATIONS

The Shareholders are being asked to approve, adopt and ratify certain amendments to the Company’s 2005 Share Option Plan (the “Option Plan”) to increase the number of Shares available for issue pursuant to the Option Plan from 100,000,000 to 175,000,000 Shares and to remove references to Hong Kong and Hong Kong related rules and regulations which will no longer be applicable upon the delisting of Shares from the Stock Exchange. Following the delisting of the Shares from the Stock Exchange, the Option Plan will be governed by the laws of the state of California. A general description of the Option Plan is set forth below. This description is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the Option Plan incorporating the proposed amendments, a copy of which is available for inspection by Shareholders and ADS holders at KCS Hong Kong Limited of 8th Floor, Gloucester Tower, The Landmark, 15 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong or the Company’s office at 3118 Patrick Henry Drive, Santa Clara CA 95094. As at the date of listing of our shares on the Stock Exchange, the total number of Shares available for issuance under the Option Plan was 100,000,000. Such number, when added to the remaining number of Shares available for the grant of options under any other plan of the Company (but not including the 2005 Share Incentive Plan which does not authorize the grant of stock options), would not be greater than 10% of the number of Shares outstanding immediately following the listing of the Company’s Shares on the Stock Exchange. As at 31 March 2009, an aggregate of 3,345,650 shares were available for issuance under the Option Plan, representing approximately 0.18% of our issued share capital.

If this proposal is approved by ORDINARY RESOLUTION of our Shareholders, the amendments will become effective upon the delisting of the Shares from the Stock Exchange becoming effective.

The following is a summary of the principal terms of the Option Plan which was adopted by our Board in August 2005 and was approved by our Shareholders in November 2005 (save as disclosed below, this summary will remain accurate following the removal of certain Hong Kong related references under this proposal):

100,000,000 Shares are reserved for issuance under our Option Plan, subject to adjustment for a share split, or any future share dividend or other similar change in our Shares or our capital structure. The Shareholders are being asked to approve, adopt and ratify an amendment to the Option Plan to increase this number to 175,000,000 Shares. The number of Shares reserved under our Option Plan and any other plan may not currently exceed approximately 195,000,000 Shares, being 10% of the Shares issued and outstanding immediately following the listing of the Company’s Shares on the Stock Exchange; this limitation will cease to apply when the proposed amendments, if approved, become effective upon the Proposed Withdrawal. In no event may an option be granted under our Option Plan if such grant would result in the total aggregate number of Shares subject to all then outstanding stock options granted by us pursuant to our Option Plan or any other plan exceeding 30% of the issued and outstanding Shares from time to time. As at 31 March 2009, 96,138,000 options had been granted under our Option Plan and remained outstanding.

Our Option Plan provides solely for the grant of stock options. Stock options granted under our Option Plan are either incentive share options under the provisions of Section 422 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code or non-qualified share options. Incentive share options are granted only to employees. Non-qualified share options are granted to employees, directors and consultants.

Our Board or a committee designated by the Board, referred to as the “plan administrator”, administers our Option Plan, including selecting the participants, determining the number of Shares to be subject to each option, determining the exercise price of each option and determining the vesting and exercise periods of each option.

 

— 67 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

The exercise price of all options granted under our Option Plan must be at least equal to 100% of the greater of (1) the closing price of the Shares on the principal exchange or system on which the Shares are listed on the date of grant (which must be a trading day) and (2) the average closing price of the Shares on the principal exchange or system on which the Shares are listed for the five trading days immediately preceding the date of grant. If, however, incentive share options are granted to an employee who owns Shares possessing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our Shares or the Shares of any parent or subsidiary of us, the exercise price of any incentive share option granted must equal at least 110% of the greater of (1) the closing price of the Shares on the principal exchange or system on which the Shares are listed on the date of grant (which must be a trading day) and (2) the average closing price of the Shares on the principal exchange or system on which the Shares are listed for the five trading days immediately preceding the date of grant, and the maximum term of these incentive share options must not exceed five years. The maximum term of options must not exceed ten years.

Under our Option Plan, incentive share options may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of the participant only by the participant. Non-qualified share options shall be transferable by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and to the extent provided in the option agreement. Our Option Plan permits the designation of beneficiaries by holders of options.

In the event that a participant in our Option Plan terminates service or his or her service is terminated by us without cause, any options which have become exercisable prior to the time of termination will remain exercisable for three months from the date of termination (unless a shorter or longer period of time is determined by the plan administrator). In the event that a participant in our Option Plan is terminated by us for cause, any options which have become exercisable prior to the time of termination will terminate immediately. If termination was caused by death or disability, any options which have become exercisable prior to the time of termination will remain exercisable for twelve months from the date of termination (unless a shorter or longer period of time is determined by the plan administrator). In no event may a participant exercise the option after the expiration date of the option.

In the event of a corporate transaction where the acquiror does not assume options granted under our Option Plan, the options shall terminate upon the consummation of the corporate transaction. Under our Option Plan, a corporate transaction is generally defined as:

 

   

an acquisition of more than 50% of our Shares by any individual or entity;

 

   

a reverse merger in which more than 40% of our Shares are transferred to a person or persons different from those who held our Shares immediately prior to such merger;

 

   

a sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our Company;

 

   

a merger or consolidation in which our Company is not the surviving entity; or

 

   

a complete liquidation or dissolution.

Unless terminated sooner, our Option Plan will automatically terminate in 2015. Our Board has the authority to amend or terminate our Option Plan. To the extent necessary to comply with applicable provisions of the corporate and securities laws of the Cayman Islands, the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, the Listing Rules, the rules of any other applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any other jurisdiction applicable to options granted to residents therein, we obtain Shareholder approval prior to any amendment to our Option Plan in the manner and to the degree required.

 

— 68 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

Required Vote; Recommendation

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Shares present in person (or, in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or represented by proxy and voting at the EGM will be required to approve this proposal no. 4.

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE APPROVAL, ADOPTION AND RATIFICATION OF THE AMENDMENTS TO THE 2005 SHARE OPTION PLAN. UNLESS DIRECTED TO THE CONTRARY, THE ORDINARY SHARES REPRESENTED BY VALID PROXIES WILL BE VOTED FOR THE APPROVAL, ADOPTION AND RATIFICATION OF THE AMENDMENTS TO THE COMPANY’S 2005 SHARE OPTION PLAN. ORDINARY SHARES UNDERLYING ADSs WILL BE VOTED AS DESCRIBED UNDER “VOTING BY HOLDERS OF ADSs” ABOVE.

 

— 69 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

PROPOSAL NO. 5: AMENDMENT OF THE 2005 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN BY INCREASING THE NUMBER OF SHARES AVAILABLE UNDER IT FROM 75,000,000 TO 125,000,000 SHARES AND REMOVING REFERENCES TO HONG KONG AND HONG KONG RELATED RULES AND REGULATIONS

The Shareholders are being asked to approve, adopt and ratify amendments to the Company’s 2005 Share Incentive Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) to increase in the number of Shares available for issue pursuant to the Incentive Plan from 75,000,000 to 125,000,000 shares and to remove references to Hong Kong and Hong Kong related rules and regulations which will no longer be applicable upon the delisting of Shares from the Stock Exchange. Following the delisting of the Shares from the Stock Exchange, the Incentive Plan will be governed by the laws of the state of California. A general description of the Incentive Plan is set forth below. This description is qualified in its entirety by the terms of the Incentive Plan incorporating the proposed amendments, a copy of which is available for inspection by Shareholders and ADS holders at KCS Hong Kong Limited of 8th Floor, Gloucester Tower, The Landmark, 15 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong or the Company’s office at 3118 Patrick Henry Drive, Santa Clara CA 95094. As at the date of the listing of our Shares on the Stock Exchange, the total number of Shares available for issuance under the Incentive Plan was 75,000,000. As at 31 March 2009, 17,511,750 Shares were available for issuance under the Incentive Plan, representing approximately 0.95% of our issued share capital.

If this proposal is approved by ORDINARY RESOLUTION of our Shareholders, the amendments will become effective upon the delisting of the Shares from the Stock Exchange becoming effective.

The following is a summary of the principal terms of the Incentive Plan which was adopted by our Board in August 2005 and was approved by our Shareholders in November 2005 (this summary will remain accurate following the removal of certain Hong Kong related references under this proposal):

2005 Share Incentive Plan

75,000,000 Shares are reserved for issuance under our Incentive Plan, subject to adjustment for a Share split, or any future Share dividend or other similar change in our Shares or our capital structure. The Shareholders are being asked to approve, adopt and ratify an amendment to the Incentive Plan to increase this number to 125,000,000 Shares. As at 31 March 2009, issuances/rights in respect of 50,025,700 Shares had been granted under our Incentive Plan and remained outstanding, and issuances/rights in respect of 7,462,550 Shares had been granted and had vested in the grantees. Our Incentive Plan provides for the grant of restricted Shares, restricted Share units, Share appreciation rights and dividend equivalent rights, collectively referred to as “awards”. Awards may be granted to employees, Directors and consultants.

Our Board or a committee designated by our Board, referred to as the “plan administrator”, is responsible for administering our Incentive Plan, including selecting the participants, determining the number of Shares to be subject to each award, determining the purchase price (if any) of each award and determining the vesting and exercise periods of each award.

The base appreciation amount of share appreciation rights granted under our Incentive Plan must be at least equal to 100% of the closing price of the Shares on the principal exchange or system on which the Shares are listed on the date of grant. The plan administrator determines the purchase price of all other awards granted under our Incentive Plan. The maximum term of all awards must not exceed ten years. Awards are transferable by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. Our Incentive Plan permits the designation of beneficiaries by holders of awards.

In the event of a corporate transaction where the acquirer does not assume awards granted under our Incentive Plan, the awards shall terminate upon the consummation of the corporate transaction. Under our Incentive Plan, a corporate transaction has the same meaning as under our Option Plan.

 

— 70 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

Unless terminated sooner, our Incentive Plan will automatically terminate in 2015. Our Board has the authority to amend or terminate our Incentive Plan. To the extent necessary to comply with applicable provisions of the corporate and securities laws of the Cayman Islands, the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, the Listing Rules, the rules of any other applicable stock exchange or national market system, and the rules of any other jurisdiction applicable to awards granted to residents therein, we obtain shareholder approval of any such amendment to our Incentive Plan in the manner and to the degree required.

Required Vote; Recommendation

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Shares present in person (or, in the case of a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) or represented by proxy and voting at the EGM will be required to approve this proposal no. 5.

THE BOARD RECOMMENDS THAT YOU VOTE FOR THE APPROVAL, ADOPTION AND RATIFICATION OF THE AMENDMENTS TO THE 2005 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN. UNLESS DIRECTED TO THE CONTRARY, THE ORDINARY SHARES REPRESENTED BY VALID PROXIES WILL BE VOTED FOR THE APPROVAL, ADOPTION AND RATIFICATION OF THE AMENDMENTS TO THE COMPANY’S 2005 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN. ORDINARY SHARES UNDERLYING ADSs WILL BE VOTED AS DESCRIBED UNDER “VOTING BY HOLDERS OF ADSs” ABOVE.

 

— 71 —


PROXY STATEMENT

 

GENERAL

At the date of this Proxy Statement, the Board has no knowledge of any business which has been presented for consideration at the EGM other than that described above.

Present and former officers, Directors and other employees of the Company may solicit proxies and ADS voting instructions by telephone, telecopy, telegram or mail, or by meetings with Shareholders or their representatives. The Company will reimburse brokers, the ADS depositary, banks or other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries for their charges and expenses in forwarding proxy materials to beneficial owners. All expenses of solicitation of proxies will be borne by the Company.

 

By Order of the Board
O 2 Micro International Limited Sterling Du
Executive Director

24 April 2009

 

— 72 —


LOGO

O 2 MICRO INTERNATIONAL LIMITED

(Incorporated in the Cayman Islands with limited liability)

(Stock Code: 457)

FORM OF PROXY

FOR THE EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL MEETING

TO BE HELD ON MAY 29, 2009

(or any adjournment thereof)

I/We 1                                                                                                                                                                        

of                                                                                                                                                                               

being the registered holder(s) of 2                                                                                                                       

share(s) of HK$0.00002 each in the capital of O 2 Micro International Limited (the “Company”), HEREBY APPOINT 3 STERLING DU or failing him JAMES KEIM or                                                                                   (fill in name of proxy of undersigned’s choice) to act as my/our proxy to attend and vote for me/us and on my/our behalf at the meeting to be held on May 29, 2009 (the “Meeting”) or any adjournment thereof, on the resolutions set out in the notice convening the Meeting as indicated below, and if no such indication is given then as my/our proxy thinks fit, and on any other resolution properly put to the Meeting.

 

RESOLUTION    FOR 4         AGAINST 4         ABSTAIN 4     

1. That the voluntary withdrawal of the listing of the Company’s ordinary shares on the Main Board of The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited (the “Proposed Withdrawal”) be and is hereby approved and any Director or Directors be and are hereby authorized to execute such documents, make such applications and submissions and do all such acts, deeds or things incidental thereto or arising in connection therewith as such Director deems appropriate, and all such actions by any Director on behalf of the Company in such connection heretofore be and are hereby approved, confirmed and ratified.

 

              
       

2. That the memorandum and articles of association of the Company be amended and restated by the deletion of the existing memorandum and articles of association in their entirety and the substitution in their place of the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association set out in Appendix II to the Company’s circular dated 24 April 2009, conditionally on and with effect from the Proposed Withdrawal becoming effective, and any Director or Directors be and are hereby authorized to execute such documents, make such applications and submissions and do all such acts, deeds or things incidental thereto or arising in connection therewith as such Director deems appropriate, and all such actions by any Director on behalf of the Company in such connection heretofore be and are hereby approved, confirmed and ratified.

 

            
       

3. That the adoption of the 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan be and is hereby approved, conditionally on and with effect from the withdrawal of the listing of the Company’s Shares on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited becoming effective, and any Director or Directors be and are hereby authorized to execute such documents, make such applications and submissions and do all such acts, deeds or things incidental thereto or arising in connection therewith as such Director deems appropriate, and all such actions by any Director on behalf of the Company in such connection heretofore be and are hereby approved, confirmed and ratified.

 

              


RESOLUTION    FOR 4         AGAINST 4         ABSTAIN 4     

4. That the amendment of the Company’s 2005 Share Option Plan by increasing the number of Shares available for issue thereunder from 100,000,000 to 175,000,000 Shares and removing references to Hong Kong and Hong Kong related rules and regulations be and is hereby approved, conditionally on and with effect from the withdrawal of the listing of the Company’s Shares on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited becoming effective, and any Director or Directors be and are hereby authorized to execute such documents, make such applications and submissions and do all such acts, deeds or things incidental thereto or arising in connection therewith as such Director deems appropriate, and all such actions by any Director on behalf of the Company in such connection heretofore be and are hereby approved, confirmed and ratified.

 

              
       

5. That the amendment of the Company’s 2005 Share Incentive Plan by increasing the number of Shares available for issue thereunder from 75,000,000 to 125,000,000 Shares and removing references to Hong Kong and Hong Kong related rules and regulations be and is hereby approved, conditionally on and with effect from the withdrawal of the listing of the Company’s Shares on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong Limited becoming effective, and any Director or Directors be and are hereby authorized to execute such documents, make such applications and submissions and do all such acts, deeds or things incidental thereto or arising in connection therewith as the Director deems appropriate, and all such actions by any Director on behalf of the Company in such connection heretofore be and are hereby approved, confirmed and ratified.

 

              

 

Dated:       Signature(s) 5    

Notes:

 

1. Full name(s) and address(es) to be inserted in BLOCK CAPITALS . The names of all joint holders should be stated.

 

2. Please insert the number of shares of HK$0.00002 each in the capital of the Company registered in your name(s). If no number is inserted, this form of proxy will be deemed to relate to all the shares in the Company registered in your name(s). Voting will be on the basis of one vote for each share held.

 

3. Please delete the words “STERLING DU or failing him JAMES KEIM or” from the paragraph if you are appointing your own proxy. Please note that, if you do not delete those words and/or do not specify a different proxy, Mr. Sterling Du or, failing him, Mr. James Keim will be appointed as your proxy.

 

4. IMPORTANT: IF YOU WISH TO VOTE FOR A RESOLUTION, TICK IN THE BOX MARKED “FOR”. IF YOU WISH TO VOTE AGAINST A RESOLUTION, TICK THE BOX MARKED “AGAINST”. IF YOU DO NOT WISH TO VOTE, TICK IN THE BOX MARKED “ABSTAIN” . Failure to tick a box will entitle your proxy to cast your vote at his discretion. Your proxy will also be entitled to vote at his discretion on any resolution properly put to the Meeting (or any adjournment thereof) other than those referred to in the notice convening the Meeting.

 

5. This form of proxy must be signed by you or your attorney duly authorised in writing or, in the case of a corporation, must be either executed under its common seal or under the hand of an officer or other person duly authorized.

 

6. To be valid, this form of proxy, together with the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed or a notarially certified copy of such power of attorney or authority, must be delivered to the Company’s branch share registrar in Hong Kong, Computershare Hong Kong Investor Services Limited, at Rooms 1806–1807, 18th Floor, Hopewell Centre, 183 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the Meeting or adjourned Meeting.

 

7. Where there are joint holders of any share of the Company, any one of such persons may vote at the Meeting, either personally or by proxy, in respect of such share as if he/she were solely entitled thereto, but if more than one of such joint holders are present at the Meeting, personally or by proxy, that one of the said persons so present whose name stands first on the register of members of the Company in respect of such share shall alone be entitled to vote in respect thereof.

 

8. The proxy need not be a member of the Company.

 

9. ANY ALTERATION MADE TO THIS FORM OF PROXY MUST BE INITIALLED BY THE PERSON WHO SIGNS IT.

 

10. Completion and deposit of this form of proxy will not preclude you from attending and voting at the Meeting if you so wish. In the event that you, having lodged this form of proxy, attend the Meeting, this form of proxy will be deemed to have been revoked.

 

— 74 —